1
African Union
Topic 1: Healthcare Access
Topic 2: Terrorism
Topic 3: Clean Water Access
Arab League
Topic 1: Gender Empowerment
Topic 2: Civil Rights
Topic 3: Demographic Deficit
Association of Southeast Asian Nations
Topic 1: Disaster Aid
Topic 2: Transnational Violence
Topic 3: Communicable Diseases
Council for Economic Advancement
Topic 1: Economic Inequality
Topic 2: Drug and Human Trafficking
Environment and Technology Committee
Topic 1: Waste Management and Disposal
Topic 2: Water Availability and the Pollution of It
Topic 3: Food and Agriculture
European Union
Topic 1: Space Exploration
Topic 2: Prostitution
Topic 3: Genetics Research
General Assembly
Topic 1: Drug Trafficking
Topic 2: Food Security
Topic 3: Rights of Prisoners and Combatants
Historical Security Council
Topic 1: Submarine Warfare
Topic 2: The Russian Revolution
Topic 3: Aftermath of World War I
International Criminal Court
Case 1: ICC vs. William Casey
Case 2: ICC vs. Saddam Hussein
Case 3: ICC vs. Cato the Elder
Case 4: ICC v. Leopold II of Belgium
Case 5: ICC v. Eduard Wirths
International Court of Justice
Case 1: Obligation to Negotiate Access to the Pacific Ocean (Bolivia v. Chile)
Case 2: Advisory Opinion- Accordance with international law of the unilateral
declaration of independence with respect to Kosovo.
Case 3: Corfu Channel (United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland v.
Albania)
Case 4: Oil Platforms (Islamic Republic of Iran v. United States of America)
Legal Committee
Topic 1: Rights of Persons with Disabilities
Topic 2: Modern-Day Slavery
Topic 3: International Aviation Laws:
Nation Building Committee
Topic: The Vietnam War (1968)
Organization of American States
Topic 1: Food Safety
Topic 2: Piracy
2
Topic 3: Solar Power
Political and Security Committee
Topic 1: Unmanned Aerial Vehicals (UAVs)
Topic 2: Spread of Democracy
Topic 3: Children and Armed Conflict
Press Corps
Topic 1: Journalist Rights
Topic 2: Invasion of Privacy
Topic 3: Digital Darkroom in Journalism
Security Council.
Topic 1: Decolonization
Topic 2: Global Terrorism
Topic 3: Surveillance Technologies
Social, Humanitarian, and Cultural Committee
Topic 1: LGBT Rights
Topic 2: Educational Equity
Topic 3: Rights of Refugees
World Health Organization
Topic 1: Sex Trafficking
Topic 2: Mental Health Disorders
Topic 3: Sanitation
3
African Union
Topic 1: Healthcare Access
Although African Nations are striving toward reaching the Millennium Development Goals,
they are falling short in the area of healthcare as maternal health remains low, child
mortality is high, and AIDs/HIV, Malaria, and other diseases remain a threat. The
Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) are eight goals to meet the needs of the
impoverished people of the world. These goals were drafted during the 2000 Millenium
Summit and are to be completed by the 2015 deadline. According to the fifth MDG, all
nations should strive to reduce the maternal mortality rate by at least 75%. 4.8 million
Children in Africa die annually and most of those deaths are from treatable diseases. Only
about 50% of mothers in Africa have births at which a trained professional is in attendance.
Having physicians present during conception is crucial for reducing the risk of prenatal,
neonatal, and maternal deaths. For child mortality, the fourth MDG encourages all nations
to lower child mortality by two thirds. In Sub-Saharan Africa, one of the poorest regions in
the world, children are more likely to die before the age of five because those taking care of
them are not able to pay for or do not have access to medical care. Due to all of these
factors the average life expectancy remains low in Africa, as it’s citizens on average only
live to the age of 59. In order for Africa to continue to progress, healthcare must become a
priority.
In order for the overall health of the continent to improve, governments must make
healthcare accessible both economically and geographically. One hundred forty million
families in eastern Africa live on less than $2 a day. By waiving fees at government
healthcare facilities, Africans will be able to get the care that they urgently need. For
example, Zambia in April 2006 and January 2007 waived fees for medical service and saw a
55% increase in use of government healthcare facilities. Uganda did the same in 2001 and
attendance rates increase by 84%. Also, rural African communities do not have the same
access to healthcare facilities as those in urban areas. In South Africa children living in the
rural Eastern Cape are twice as likely to die as those living in the urbanized Western Cape.
One of the biggest problems with African healthcare is the lack of doctors on the African
continent. Doctors trained on the continent often leave for more developed countries in
order to find better environments and pay, by turn leading to the shortage of medical
personnel. There are only .32 doctors per 1,000 people in Africa, though many countries are
well below this number. This is compared to the European Union average of 3.06 doctors
per 1,000 people. In order to keep doctors in Africa, countries must do more than increase
the salaries of doctors. In a study done by the Center for Health Policy, they found that
although money is important, feeling valued and having opportunities for career
development is equally important to keeping doctors on the continent.
African healthcare facilities are underfunded by the government and are therefore, not
effective in treating patients. It has been reported that doctors have had to cancel surgeries
do to lack of sterile medical supplies. Also, many in African healthcare facilities lack proper
sanitation, which can cause many other health problems for the patients. In 2001, the
heads of the African Union member states met and made the Abuja pledge, which stated all
member governments would pledge 15% of their budgets to health expenditures in order to
try and improve the health of their peoples. However, only Rwanda, Botswana, Zambia and
Togo complied with the pledge.
Because Africa is lacking in the healthcare field, the continent is unable to handle epidemics
such as the 2014 Ebola outbreak. The Ebola outbreak has reached four countries so far:
Nigeria, Sierra Leone, Guinea, and Liberia. As of August 9th 2014, 1,779 cases of Ebola
have been reported including 961 deaths throughout the four countries. Sierra Leone,
4
Guinea, and Liberia, three of the world’s poorest countries, have suffered the most with the
largest number of cases. So far, Nigeria’s Ebola cases have been contained to a small area.
This Ebola outbreak has been so widespread and deadly because of Africa’s poor healthcare
system. With a limited amount of doctors and a large number of cases, the infected have
not had access to much needed medical attention critical to fighting off the virus. Another
reason this outbreak is so deadly is that the medical personnel in this region of Africa lack
knowledge and training associated with the disease. Because doctors were unable to
recognize the virus, they were unable to treat and contain the virus, leading to further
infection of doctors and other patients. Lastly, a lack of medical equipment, and poor
facilities, many of which lack running water, have made the virus extremely hard to fight
off.
5
Discussion Question:
1. How can the African Union ensure that all of it member states’ citizen’s have access
to health care services?
2. How can African countries keep their domestically trained doctors in the country or
on the continent?
3. How can the African Union lower child mortality, maternal mortality and death by
preventable disease? What methods can be used?
Resources:
1. "Africa Health Strategy: 2007–2015." The New Partnership for Africa's Development.
African Union, 2012. Web. 9 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.nepad.org/system/files/AFRICA_HEALTH_STRATEGY(health).pdf
>.
Description: This source highlights the main problems of health in Africa and outlines
potential solutions to solve these problems
2. "The African Regional Health Report: The Health of the People." The World Health
Organization. World Health Organization, 2006. Web. 13 Apr. 2014.
<http://whqlibdoc.who.int/afro/2006/9290231033_rev_eng.pdf?ua=1>.
Description: A report on the public health situation in the member states of the
African Union.
3. Chetty, Lee-Roy. "Why Is Africa's Healthcare so Far behind the Rest of the World?"
The Christian Science Monitor. N.p., 10 May 2013. Web. 13 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.csmonitor.com/World/Africa/Africa-Monitor/2013/0510/Why-isAfrica-s-healthcare-so-far-behind-the-rest-of-the-world>.
Description: This source outlines the challenges facing African Nations in achieving
the MDGs in regard to healthcare.
4. "The State of Healthcare in Africa." Kpmg.com. KPMG Africa, 2012. Web. 9 Apr.
2014. <http://www.kpmg.com/Africa/en/IssuesAndInsights/ArticlesPublications/Documents/The-State-of-Healthcare-in-Africa.pdf>.
Description: This source gives a complete overview of the current healthcare system
in African and the problems facing that system.
5. Versteeg, Marije, Lilo Du Toit, and Ian Couper. "Building Consensus on Key Priorities
for Rural Health Care in South Africa Using the Delphi Technique." Global
6
Health Action. Global Health Action, 2013. Web. 13 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.globalhealthaction.net/index.php/gha/article/view/19522/html>
Description: This source gives an overview on the challenges facing rural areas in
South Africa.
6. "AFRICA: Ten Countries Desperately Seeking Doctors." IRIN Africa. IRIN, 19 May
2010. Web. 27 Apr. 2014. <http://www.irinnews.org/report/89186/africaten-countries-desperately-seeking-doctors>.
Description: This source gives the top ten countries in Africa that are experiencing a
shortage of doctors.
7. Alice, Pearl. "Keeping African Doctors in Africa." One. One, 5 July 2012. Web. 27 Apr.
2014. <http://www.one.org/us/2012/07/05/keeping-african-doctors-inafrica/>
Description: This source gives a short synopsis of the problem of the shortage of
doctors in Africa.
8. Beaubien, Jason. "AIDS, Other Diseases Create Poverty Trap in Africa." Npr.org.
NPR, 12 Oct. 2006. Web. 27 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=6247813>.
Description: This article analyzes the effects of disease on the economy and how it
keeps the inflicted trapped in poverty.
9. Boahene, Kofi. "How African Doctors Can Cure Medical 'Brain Drain.'" CNN.com. CNN,
16 Apr. 2013. Web. 27 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.cnn.com/2013/04/16/opinion/kofi-boahene-african-doctors/>.
Description: This source shows how some African doctors are helping to improve
healthcare in their home countries.
10. Cooke, Jennifer G. "Public Health in Africa." CSIS.org. CSIS, Apr. 2009. Web. 27 Apr.
2014.
<http://csis.org/files/media/csis/pubs/090420_cooke_pubhealthafrica_web.p
df>.
Description: This source is a report on the public health of Africa and the
diseases that affect the people of the continent.
7
Topic 2: Terrorism
Terrorism is defined as an act of violence in order to achieve a political gain. On the African
continent, thousands of people have been killed due to the terrorist activities. Many others
have been kidnapped, tortured, or raped. Africa’s political instability and porous borders
makes Africa a prime breeding ground for terrorist organizations such as Boko Haram, AlQaeda in the Islamic Maghreb, and Al Shabaab. Although many theories have been made as
to the causes of the spread of terrorism, no one is certain. A few theories that have
emerged are poverty, need for identity, and political or social injustice.Whatever the cause,
terrorism hinders the political stability of already weakened African Governments, and poses
a threat to the wellbeing of their citizens.
One of the three largest terror groups in Africa is Al-Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM).
AQIM first emerged from a movement to overthrow the Algerian government and institute
Islamic law in the 1990s. Since then AQIM has established itself in the Sahel region of
Africa, which includes parts of Gambia, Senegal, Mauritania, Mali, Burkina Faso, Algeria and
Niger, Nigeria and Cameroon, Chad, Sudan, South Sudan, and has been especially active in
Mali. AQIM in 2013 seized northern Mali as they were able to push out the troops stationed
there. It wasn’t until the start of 2014, when France moved troops to Mali in order to
combat the militant groups, that Mali was freed from AQIM’s rule. The group’s tactics
include suicide bombings, ambushes, and kidnappings. Kidnapping has been their main
source of funding, since it has been reported they have raised more than $50 million from
this tactic alone.
Boko Haram, which means “western education is sinful”, focuses on reforming West Africa
based on Islamic Sharia law. They are mainly based in Nigeria, Niger, and Cameroon. In
2013, they have been responsible for various attacks on schools, beheadings, and
bombings. They are also responsible for the assassinations of many prominent political and
religious leaders. On April 14, 2014, 270 school girls were kidnapped by Boko Haram
militants in northeastern Nigeria. Also on that day, the group claimed responsibility for a
bomb that killed 75 and wounded over 100 at a bus station in Abuj, Nigeria. Human Rights
Watch claims that Boko Haram has killed over 3,000 people in the last five years, not
including the 2,053 people killed by the group in the first six months of 2014. In the first
half of 2014 there have been 95 different attacks, most of which have taken place in the
Borno State of Nigeria which is the birthplace of the terrorist organization.
Al Shabaab, “the youth”, is a terrorist organization based in one of the poorest countries in
the world, Somalia. They are funded in part by Al Qaeda and Eritrea has been accused of
helping aid them. The group mainly stays in Somalia but has traveled to neighboring
countries such as Kenya and Ethiopia. In 2013 in Nairobi, Kenya, Al Shaabab seized an
upscale shopping mall in which 68 people lost their lives and 175 were injured. The attack
came as retaliation for Kenya’s involvement in the fight against Al Shabab in Somalia as
part of the African Union’s peacekeeping mission in Somalia. This peacekeeping mission set
up by the AU has been a large part in the effort to weaken Al Shabaab’s forces and return
some order back to Somalia. However, Al Shabaab remains a threat as they continue to
target the Somalian Government and those who come to the government’s aid.
Each of these terrorist groups have been able to gain a secure base in their respective
regions due to the lack of governmental control in the rural regions of Africa. Because these
regions are rarely monitored by the African governments, terrorist organizations are able to
recruit civilians and the problem grows undetected until it is too late. The inhabitants of the
rural regions are usually subject to poverty and are thought to be more susceptible to the
radical ideas of terrorism. Not only that but, many rural villages in Africa rely on vigilantes
to provide protection. These ill-armed vigilantes provide little resistance to well-armed
terrorists who take over villages. African Governments have been unable to provide military
support to rural villages, thus, leaving them open for seizure by terrorists.
8
Discussion Questions:
1. How can African nations prevent terrorist organizations like those above from
entering their country?
2. How can the AU work to prevent new terrorist groups from forming and new
members from joining? Can the AU defeat the current organizations?
3. What can the African nations do to stabilize their governments in order to prevent
terrorist organizations from taking over?
Resources:
1. Ajbaili, Mustapha. "Is Africa the New Frontier of Global Terrorism?" Al Arabiya News.
Al Arabiya Network, 30 Nov. 2013. Web. 27 Apr. 2014.
<http://english.alarabiya.net/en/News/middle-east/2013/11/30/Is-Africathe-new-frontier-of-global-terrorism-.html>.
Description: This source includes the major terrorist attacks in Africa and the theory
of Jihadism.
2. Chothia, Farouk. "Who Are Nigeria's Boko Haram Islamists?" BBC News. BBC, 11 Jan.
2012. Web. 27 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-13809501>.
Description: This is background information on the Boko Haram terrorist group.
3. Duthiers, Vladimir, Faith Karimi, and Greg Botelho. "Boko Haram: Why Terror Group
Kidnaps Schoolgirls, and What Happens Next." CNN.com. CNN, 25 Apr. 2014.
Web. 27 Apr. 2014. <http://www.cnn.com/2014/04/24/world/africa/nigeriakidnapping-answers/>.
Description: This source analyzes Boko Haram's tactic of the mass kidnapping and
attacks on schoolgirls and how Nigeria is dealing with this.
4. Freeman, Colin. "Piracy and Terrorism: Why Somalia?" The Telegraph. Telegraph
Media Group, 10 Feb. 2014. Web. 27 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.telegraph.co.uk/sponsored/culture/captain-phillipsfilm/10367538/somali-piracy-reasons-causes.html>.
Description: This source was written by a former kidnap victim in Somalia who
researches why people become terrorists in Somalia.
5. "It's Not Over, Somali Terrorists Say after Mall Attack That Killed 67." CNN.com.
CNN, 2 Oct. 2013. Web. 27 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.cnn.com/2013/10/02/world/africa/kenya-mall-attack-shabaab-
9
warning>.
Description: This is an overview of the Kenya Mall attack made by Al Shabaab.
6. Mellgard, Emily. "Terrorism in Africa: An Inside Look at the 3 Most Dangerous African
Terrorist Groups." PolicyMic. Mic Network, 2 Oct. 2013. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.policymic.com/articles/66127/terrorism-in-africa-an-insidelook-at-the-3-most-dangerous-african-terrorist-groups>.
Description: This source looks at the "three most dangerous African terrorist
groups."
7. Nugent, John. "Six Places at Risk of Terrorism in Africa." Forbes. Forbes, 6 Feb.
2014. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.forbes.com/sites/riskmap/2014/02/06/six-places-at-risk-ofterrorism-in-africa/>.
Description: This source includes East Africa, The Sahel, Nigeria, Egypt,
Tunisia, and Libya as the six places at risk of terrorism in Africa.
8. "Profile: Al-Qaeda in North Africa." BBC News. BBC, 17 Jan. 2012. Web. 27 Apr.
2014. <http://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-17308138>.
Description: This is background information on the AQIM terrorist group.
9. Shinkman, Paul D. "What You Need to Know about Terrorism in East Africa." US
News. US News, 30 Sept. 2013. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.usnews.com/news/articles/2013/09/30/what-you-need-toknow-about-terrorism-in-east-africa?page=2>.
Description: This source is a outlines the African Union Mission in Somalia and how
they are fighting the Al Shabaab.
10. World News. "10 Things to Know about Somali Militants Al Shabaab." NBC News.
NBC, 22 Sept. 2013. Web. 27 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.nbcnews.com/news/other/10-things-know-about-somalimilitants-al-shabaab-f4B11229305>.
Description: This source gives more information on the terrorist group Al Shabaab.
10
Topic 3: Clean Water Access
Water is the most basic human need, yet an estimated 345 million people in Africa do not
have access to clean water. According to the Water Charity, the people of Africa spend 40
billion hours each year searching for and collecting water which may or may not be clean.
Most of the water collected is contaminated with bacteria such as E.coli, Salmonella typhi,
and Cholera vibrios. If the AU looks to improve the quality and access of its water, then
African nations will move closer to reaching four of the Millenium Development Goals
(MDG). By improving hygiene and water quality, child mortality rates would decrease, thus
addressing the MDG of reducing child mortality by two thirds. The second MDG would be
combating HIV/AIDS, Malaria and other diseases. Promoting gender equality and the
empowerment of women would be largely affected as the burden of collecting water falls on
the females of society.
Unclean water contains bacteria that can be deadly if consumed. Young children are at a
higher risk of dying as their immune systems are not strong enough to fight off the bacteria
contained in the water. In order for the AU to address the MDG of reducing child mortality,
the issue of the lack of clean water must also be addressed as 85% of all diseases in African
children under 5 are caused by water-borne illnesses. Also by improving the quality of water
the AU can combat water-borne diseases, such as Malaria. Malaria is caused by mosquitoes
who lay their eggs in standing water. By improving the drainage systems (or creating them)
and covering water tanks, this standing water will be eliminated and as a result the
mosquito population will decrease along with number of cases of Malaria. Malaria isn’t the
only disease that can affect a person who is near or drinks unclean water. E.coli, Salmonella
typhi, and Cholera vibrios can lead to Diarrhea, Salmonella and Cholera which kill adults and
children alike. Diseases like Diarrhea can sometimes be prevented through proper sanitation
yet only 24% of the rural population, and 44% of the urban population have access to
sanitation facilities in the Sub-Sahara .
The burden of collecting this unclean water falls on the females of the society. Instead of
going to school the female children and women must walk miles each day to the nearest
source. This leads to lower literacy rates among females because searching for water is a
higher priority than going to school. So, by creating local wells, the females in society would
not have to spend 40 billion hours collecting water and could use this time to be more
engaged members of society.
Clean water is not only necessary for drinking, but for the production of food as well. In the
world, 70%-90% of water withdrawals are used to grow food. Without access to water,
villages do not have a stable source of food and are subject to famine and poverty.The AU
must work to ensure that water management techniques are being efficiently utilized as it
has been predicted by the UN that the availability of fresh water will drop by 50% by the
year 2050. Since 65% of Africans rely on agriculture as their source of financial income,
preserving freshwater resources is key to preventing economic degradation.
11
Discussion Questions:
1. What can the AU do to reduce the number of deaths caused by water-borne
diseases?
2. How can the AU insure that all people have access to clean drinking water near
their home regardless of whether they reside in a rural or urban community?
3. How can the AU encourage African countries to practice water management
techniques to insure that there will be access to water in the future to drink, as well
as to produce food?
Resources:
1. Camdessus, Michel. "How to Beat Africa's Water Crisis." CNN.com. CNN, 23 Aug.
2012. Web. 28 Apr. 2014.
<http://globalpublicsquare.blogs.cnn.com/2012/08/23/how-to-beat-africaswater-crisis/>.
Description: This source gives an overview of the water crisis and some potential
solutions.
2. "Clean Water for a Healthy World." UNwater.org. United Nations, 2010. Web. 28 Apr.
2014.<http://www.unwater.org/wwd10/downloads/WWD2010_LOWRES_BRO
CHURE_EN.pdf>.
Description: This source analyzes the impact of clean water on health, the
environment and the economy.
3. "Common Water and Sanitation-related Diseases." UNICEF. UNICEF, 2014. Web. 29
Apr. 2014. <http://www.unicef.org/wash/index_wes_related.html>.
Description: This source contains a list of diseases linked to poor sanitation and
contaminated water.
4. Eliseev, Alex. "Extent of SA's Water Crisis Exposed." Eyewitness News. Eyewitness
New, Feb. 2014. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://ewn.co.za/2014/01/27/The-extent-of-SAs-water-crisis-exposed>.
Description: This source gives a first hand account of the water crisis in South Africa.
5. "In-depth: Running Dry: The Humanitarian Impact of the Global Water Crisis."IRIN
News. IRIN, 22 Sept. 2006. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.irinnews.org/indepthmain.aspx?InDepthId=13&ReportId=61155
>.
Description: This is article goes in-depth into how the water crisis effects many
different aspects of life.
6. "Poverty in Africa Begins with a Lack of Clean Water." The Water Project. Water
12
Project, 2014. Web. 28 Apr. 2014. <http://thewaterproject.org/poverty>.
Description: This source analyzes the effects of water on poverty.
7. Sentlinger, Katherine. "Empowering Women through Water." Thewaterproject.org.
Water Project, 30 Oct. 2010. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://thewaterproject.org/water-womens-empowerment>.
Description: This source contains information on how lack of access to a close water
source affects women.
8. "Water and Food Security." UN.org. United Nations, 2014. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.un.org/waterforlifedecade/food_security.shtml>.
Description: This source analyzes the importance of water in food security.
9. "Water and Sanitation Solutions." PracticalAction.org. Practical Action, n.d. Web. 29
Apr. 2014. <http://practicalaction.org/our-solutions-19>.
Description: This source contains potential solutions to sanitation and lack of clean
water.
10. "Water Scarcity." UN.org. United Nations, 2014. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.un.org/waterforlifedecade/scarcity.shtml>.
Description: This source highlights the MDGs that are affected by water scarcity and
has a map of all the regions facing this problem.
13
Arab League
Topic 1: Gender Empowerment
International Women’s Day is on March 8th, and while the rest of the world commemorated
the event, women in the Middle East had less to celebrate than most. Although women
around the globe have made substantial progress in increasing their rights in the social,
economic, and political spheres, a new Freedom House Survey (Resource 1) finds that
despite revolutionary gains in the last 5 years, women in the Middle Eastern and North
African regions continue to suffer from a human rights deficit.
In this part of the world, societal norms that relegate women to subordinate status continue
to impede progress. Governments remain resistant to addressing inequalities for women
through progressive policy or legislation and often actively pursue policies of repression.
Laws against marital rape and spousal abuse are largely absent in the region, so-called
"honor" killings persist, and segregation and discrimination remain par for the course in
educational and political institutions.
However, this is not to say that the gains women have made are insubstantial. To the
women who can now vote and run in elections in Kuwait, who have served as ministers in
the Syrian, Jordanian, Egyptian, Iraqi and Tunisian governments, who can obtain a passport
without male approval in Bahrain, or who are exercising medical access to abortion clinics,
these gains have absolutely improved the quality of their lives and their ability to actively
participate in social, political, and economic spheres.
Yet, their successes have often been achieved in the face of strong resistance from clergy
and governments. Thus, it has become apparent that we cannot expect the governments in
the region to take it upon themselves to support policies that empower the genders.
Statistically and culturally speaking, it’s clear that if left to their own devices, many
governments would turn in the other direction.
The U.N. regularly denounces these reactions, and promotes gender equality through its
creation of UN Women, which is an organization also known as the United Nations Entity for
Gender Equality and the Empowerment of Women, in July of 2010. Their criteria for gender
empowerment can be met in all member states through the collaboration of existing
organizations, which provide worldwide resources that can facilitate the success of this.
In that respect, the Arab League believes that International NGOs should continue the good
work they've done to support civil society activities in the region. Furthermore, is essential
to tackle negative misinterpretations of religion or culture that not only condone but
perpetuate myths about inherent inequality between men and women and justify genderbased discrimination. Ultimately, change has to come from within, but we have to listen and
be responsive to the needs of the women on the ground to support them in their fight for
freedom and equality. This can be encouraged through the concentration of legislative
development and expansion on gender rights. Also, the promotion of gender rights a priority
in relationships with other governments in the region is proven to be highly effective as
countries now push others to show their willingness to progress the region as a whole, while
simultaneously being at the forefront of that progression.
14
Discussion Questions:
1. What improvements has your country made in the recent years for gender
empowerment and how have they affected the citizens?
2. What resources, if any, do your citizens have access to in your country that support
them? What role does the Arab League have in providing and improving these
resources?
3. Consider the pre-existing freedoms for citizens in your country today. What are some
freedoms (economic opportunities, medical access, etc) that your government does
not include? How can this lack of legislative protection threaten your citizens?
4. What approach should the Arab League have in order to destigmatize gender rights?
Is there a way to hold onto traditional values while progressing the status of the
people?
Resources:
1. Kelly, Sanja. Women’s Rights in the Middle East and North Africa Rep. N.p.:
Freedom House, n.d.Women’s Rights in the Middle East and North Africa.
Freedom House, 11 Feb. 2010. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.freedomhouse.org/sites/default/files/Women's Rights in the
Middle East and Noth Africa, Gulf Edition.pdf>.
Description: Kelly Sanja’s 2010 report on the Women’s Rights in the Middle East and North
Africa in PDF format for Freedom House.
2. "From the Middle East and North Africa Region (MENA)." UNICEF. UNICEF, Oct.
2011. Web. 1 Apr. 2014. <http://www.unicef.org/gender/gender_62215.html>.
Description: In 2011 the Middle East and North African Regional Office (MENARO)
developed Gender Equality Profiles for all the countries in the MENA Region. These gender
equality profiles provide user-friendly, summary information on the status and situation of
girls and women for all countries in the Middle East and North Africa.
3. "UN Women Headquarters" UN Women. UN Women, n.d. Web. 1Apr. 2014.
<http://www.unwomen.org/>.
Description: The UN Women’s main page, which provides numerous resources and articles
on the agenda and improvements for gender rights in the Middle East and North Africa
region.
4. "Global Gender Gap Report 2013." The World Economic Forum. N.p., n.d. Web.
01 Apr. 2014.<http://reports.weforum.org/global-gender-gap-report-2013/>.
Description: World Economic Forum’s 2013 Global Gender Gap Report which provides
information about the disproportions between males and females in various fields.
5. "Women's Rights in the Arab World." Women's Rights in the Arab World. Thomas
15
Rueters Foundation, 13 Nov. 2013. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.trust.org/spotlight/poll-womens-rights-in-the-arab-world/>.
Description: Quick infographics that show Women’s Rights in the political, educational,
economical, and family spheres. Also, it provides statistics unique to each country for
violence against women.
6. Gordts, Eline. "The Worst Arab States For Women." The Huffington Post. The
Huffington Post, 12 Nov. 2013. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/11/12/worst-arab-state-women_
n_4259221.html>.
Description: An article that covered the topics of sexual harassment and women as
weapons of war in the MENA region
7. "Women and the Arab Spring: An Ongoing Struggle for Equal Rights."Women and
the Arab Spring: An Ongoing Struggle for Equal Rights. The Office of the
United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights, 22 Mar. 2013. Web.
1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.ohchr.org/EN/NewsEvents/Pages/WomenandtheArabspring
anongoingstruggleforequalrights.aspx>.
Description: An article that outlines the role women have had in the Arab Springs, along
with the positive and negative effects of it.
8. Raza, Raheel. "Arab Spring vs. Women's Rights." Arab Spring vs. Women's Rights.
Gatestone Institute, 12 June 2012. Web. 08 May 2014.
<http://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/3122/women-rights-arab-spring>.
Description: A commentary that highlights the role women have under Muslim states, and
further throughout the MENA region. This commentary also mentions the pre-existing rights
that women have, as well as the progress needed to expand upon these rights.
9. "Solutions to Increase Access to Finance for Women-Owned Businesses in the
Middle East and North Africa." Http://www.vitalvoices.org/. Vital Voices
Global Partnership, n.d. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.vitalvoices.org/sites/default/files/uploads/12316%20VV%20SME
16
%20Report_web_0.pdf>.
Description: This is a report that examines MENA businesswomen’s challenges in accessing
finance. Informed by surveys of 431 women business owners across eight economies, the
report assesses the demand for improved access to capital, information, and training. A
series of solutions and recommendations outline suggestions to improve products and
services tailored to women-owned SMEs and engage various stakeholders in the ecosystem
of support for women owned businesses, including governments, commercial banks,
women’s business associations, international financial institutions, and NGOs.
10. "Global Fund for Women." Where We Fund. Global Fund for Women, n.d. Web. 1
Apr. 2014.
<http://www.globalfundforwomen.org/what-we-do/where-we-fund>.
Description: After searching for the Middle East and North African Region in the Grantee
Location filter, a list of 913 funds set up in the MENA region for women will be shown, and
can better identify the resources in the region for women.
11. "Women's Rights." Your Middle East. Your Middle East, n.d. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.yourmiddleeast.com/hot-topics/womens-rights_73>.
Description: A constantly updating list of news articles that are concentrated on the
women’s rights struggle in the MENA region.
17
Topic 2: Social Justice and Individual Freedoms
About three years ago, a revolutionary wave of largely non-violent mass protests broke out
in many countries in the Middle East and Northern Africa. What started with one man
protesting police brutality by setting himself ablaze in Tunisia soon spread like wildfire
throughout the region. The Tunisians first, followed by the Egyptians, through lengthy
protests have been able to resist repression and bring about the fall of regimes through
peaceful means. Since December of 2010, in several countries in the region, people have
been standing up to make their demands for social justice and individual freedom heard. In
these countries, with each country taking its own unique path, the same universal aspiration
for the respect of human rights is spreading and has shown the whole world that, despite
the use of terror and extreme violence, fear will no longer make the people silent.
Domestically, where there have been uprisings, strengthened human rights forces are
pushing human rights stances into constitution-drafting processes, parliamentary agendas,
and socio-economic policies. Obviously shaken by the unexpected power of the flurries for
human rights and recognition of crimes over the era, Middle Eastern governments new and
old are being forced to shed their traditional practices in order to steer clear of criticism of
each other's repression, and reluctantly enter the politics of regional human rights.
Furthermore, in areas where governments have not been able to substantially recognize
their demands, rights groups have often compelled authoritarian rulers to go to increasingly
greater lengths to showcase purported commitments to rights, the most notable examples
being the Bahrain Independent Commission of Inquiry (BICI) and the prosecution of Hosni
Mubarak.
Most countries in the region have constitutions, but the contradiction between these formal
systems and actual practice is striking. For example, several of the 13 signatories for the
Arab Charter on Human Rights have failed to holistically endorse these documents, and
more than anything else, the human rights of the region is influenced by conflicts. States at
war have special motivations and excuses to impose censorship and tight security, and root
out traitors. Resultantly, the Arab League has taken the unprecedented step of publicly
organizing a human rights observer mission, and has also been experimenting with new,
under-the-radar human rights processes, such as a periodic reportings for signatories of the
Arab Charter of Human Rights, in order to plateau these threats against citizens
The Arab League believes that the key to addressing the Middle East's human rights crises
lies squarely in dismantling its authoritarian political structures. This is because concessions
in areas such as women's rights can too easily be used as a substitute for or distraction
from political rights by Middle Eastern rulers. By the same token, pressure to end torture or
release a particular detainee can provide only temporary respites from repression, which will
inevitably re-emerge because it is so vital to these leaders' survival. Consequently, the
Middle East's protesting populations and human rights activists are increasingly defining the
right to political participation as not only a core human right, but as one that in the
authoritarian contexts in which they live, must leeway to others.
18
Discussion Questions:
1. Has there been any legislative measure to protect your citizens rights? If so, how can
these mechanisms be expanded throughout the region? If not, how has your
country, if at all, addressed civil rights?
2. Consider the relationship between your country’s citizens and government. What role
should the Arab League have in improving this relationship?
3. Are there any contradictions between formal systems and actual practices? If so,
how can the Arab League correct this and prevent it from persisting?
Resources:
1. "World Report 2014." Human Rights Watch. Human Rights Watch, Jan. 2014.
Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.hrw.org/world-report/2014/country-chapters/>.
Description: World Report 2014 is Human Rights Watch’s 24th annual review of
human rights practices around the globe. It summarizes key human rights issues in
more than 90 countries and territories worldwide, drawing on events through
November 2013.
2. "World Report 2014." Human Rights Watch. Human Rights Watch, Jan. 2014.
Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.hrw.org/world-report/2014/publications/>.
Description: World Report 2014 is Human Rights Watch’s 24th annual review of
human rights practices around the globe. It summarizes several human rights issues
in more than 90 countries and territories worldwide, drawing on events through
November 2013. This includes publications on several rights topics, including the
rights of children, disabled citizens, LGBT citizens, and others.
3. "Middle East/N. Africa." Middle East/N. Africa. Human Rights Watch, n.d. Web.
1 Apr. 2014. <http://www.hrw.org/middle-east/n-africa>.
Description: The Human Rights Watch website that has a number of current articles
on civil rights issues and are categorized by regions/countries.
4. "Arab Charter on Human Rights." University of Minnesota Human Rights
Library. League of Arab States, 22 May 2004. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www1.umn.edu/humanrts/instree/loas2005.html>.
Description: The Arab Charter on Human Rights has been ratified by Algeria,
Bahrain, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Palestine, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Syria,
the UAE and Yemen, and encompasses a number of traditional human rights to be
provided for. This includes the right to liberty and security of persons, equality of
persons before the law, protection of persons from torture, the right to own private
19
property, freedom to practice religious observance and freedom of peaceful assembly
and association.
5. Blight, Garry, Sheila Pulham, and Paul Torpey. "Arab Spring: An Interactive
Timeline of Middle East Protests." Theguardian.com. Guardian News and
Media, 05 Jan. 2012. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.theguardian.com/world/interactive/2011/mar/22/middleeast-protest-interactive-timeline>.
Description: An interactive timeline, provided by the Guardian News and Media,
that outlines the events of the Arab Springs.
6. Hamann, Gregor. "Towards a New Social Contract – Social Justice in North Africa
and Middle East." FriedrichEbert-Stiftung, Sept. 2011. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.fes.de/sozial/pdf_11/2011_0329_programm.pdf>.
Description: This report outlines key, important ideas behind the Arab Spring and
the subsequent events
7. "The 2011 Civil Society Organization Sustainability Report for the Middle East
and North Africa." United States Agency for International Development,
n.d. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.usaid.gov/sites/default/files/documents/1866/201
1_MENA_CSOSI.pdf>.
Description: The U.S. report on individual countries’ progression since the Arab
Springs
8. “Middle East and North Africa." National Endowment for Democracy. National
Endowment for Democracy, n.d. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.ned.org/where-we-work/middle-east-and-northernafrica/>.
Description: A list of grants and NGO’s for countries in the MENA region, along with
a short bio of every NGO that received the grant.
9. "Human Rights." Your Middle East. Your Middle East, n.d. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.yourmiddleeast.com/hot-topics/human-rights_81>.
Description: A constantly updating list of news articles that are concentrated on the
human right’s struggle in the MENA region.
20
10. "Media." Your Middle East. Your Middle East, n.d. Web. 1 Apr. 2014. <
http://www.yourmiddleeast.com/hot-topics/media_56>.
Description: A constantly updating list of news articles that are concentrated on the
media freedom struggle in the MENA region.
11. "Activism." Your Middle East. Your Middle East, n.d. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.yourmiddleeast.com/hot-topics/activism_70>.
Description: A constantly updating list of news articles that are concentrated on the
activism movements in the MENA region.
21
Topic 3: Demographic Deficit
Demographic analysis of the Middle East and North African region reveals that there are
some pivotal and dramatic changes in store over the next 20 to 40 years. Like the rest of
the developing world, most of the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) is in the midst of a
transition from high-fertility agrarian economies to low-fertility societies. Some MENA
countries will age surprisingly fast due to steep fertility declines, while others will increase
their proportion of young adults dangerously quickly. These differential population age shifts
have profound effects on economic development, international trade, migration, social wellbeing, political stability, and global security. The UN believes that understanding the
region’s demographic developments and their implications will be critical for effective policy
making in the region.
Regardless of the country’s economic development, governments are increasingly
challenged to provide the basic needs for a swelling number of citizens - adequate housing,
sanitation, health care, education and jobs - and to simultaneously combat poverty, narrow
the gap between the rich and the poor, and to generally improve the standard of living. The
driving force behind this demand is the disproportionate youth population. One-third of
MENA’s population is under the age of 15, and throughout the next 15 years, these children
and adolescents will enter the job market. Ideally, a large young population that is healthy,
educated, trained, and ready to be absorbed in a market economy would contribute to the
development and modernization of the region. Unfortunately, many countries are more
likely to experience “brain drain”, as large flocks of educated people leave the region for
Europe, North America, and elsewhere.
As is, many governments struggle to provide the basic needs of their growing populations.
MENA’s unemployment rate is the highest in the world, and even higher among young
people and women. In order to adequately prepare its growing working-age population for
the transition into economic globalization, governments would require a much greater
investment in human resources. Managing rapidly growing urban populations in the face of
housing shortages and deteriorating infrastructures is also becoming more of a challenge as
more than 6 million refugees take shelter in neighboring countries throughout the region.
Peace and political stability in the region is necessary for governments to address some of
their population changes, in addition to commitments towards social and economic policies
that address these and a variety of other population-related issues.
The Arab League would foremost like to emphasize that there are large variations among
different these countries in the region, and therefore it is difficult to reach a conclusion
without considerations. Also, it is apparent that larger migration flows are stemming from
poorer countries, which prioritizes the economic reforms needed to sustain a country’s
population. Furthermore, evidence suggests that most migrants leave specifically for
educational purposes because they to believe that they would not obtain the same level or
quality of education if they stayed as it. Follow-up data shows that migrants who complete
their education at home fail to obtain jobs that are adequate to their levels of education and
suggest that the quality of education is lower in the region then in the rest of the world. This
is another point that needs to be taken into account at policy debates.
22
Discussion Questions:
1. How does “brain drain” effect your country? In what ways has your country tried to
counteract this trend?
2. In what ways can the AU work together to ensure that this phenomenon doesn’t
spread any further throughout the region?
3. What role does the AU have on the oversight of these changes?
Resources:
1. Roudi-Fahimi, Farzaneh, and Mary Mederios Kent. "Challenges and
Opportunities— The Population of the Middle East and North
Africa."Http://www.prb.org/. Population Reference Bureau, June 2007. Web.
1 Apr. 2014. <http://www.prb.org/pdf07/62.2MENA.pdf>.
Description: Population Reference Bureau’s report on the challenges and opportunities the
population growth in the Middle East and North Africa purpose, along with the threats of it.
2. Roudi-Fahimi, Farzaneh. "Population Trends and Challenges in the Middle East and
North Africa." Http://www.prb.org/. Population Reference Bureau, Dec.
2011. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.prb.org/pdf/PoptrendsMiddleEast.pdf>.
Description: Population Reference Bureau’s report on the challenges and opportunities the
population growth in the Middle East and North Africa purpose, along with the threats of it.
3. Hayutin, Adele. "Critical Demographics of the Greater Middle East: A New Lens for
Understanding Regional Issues." Stanford Center on Longevity. Stanford
Center on Longevity, 13 Mar. 2009. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://longevity3.stanford.edu/>.
Description: A description provided by the Stanford Center on Longevity for the
demographics of the greater Middle East.
4. "The World's Youngest Populations." Analyst Insight from Euromonitor
International. Euromonitor International, 13 Feb. 2012. Web. 1 Apr.
2014.
<http://blog.euromonitor.com/2012/02/special-report-the-worlds-younge
st-populations-.html>.
Description: Mainly facts about the demographic deficit situation in the Middle East.
5. Roudi, Farzaneh. "Youth Population and Employment in the Middle East and North
23
Africa: Opportunity or Challenge?" United Nations. United Nations, 21 July
2011. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.un.org/esa/population/meetings/egmadolescents/p06_roudi.pdf>.
Description: Population Reference Bureau’s report on the challenges and opportunities the
population growth in the Middle East and North Africa purpose, along with the threats of it.
6. Özden, Çağlar. "Brain Drain in the Middle East and North Africa - The Patterns
Under the Surface." United Nations. United Nations, 17 May 2006. Web. 1
Apr. 2014.
<http://www.un.org/esa/population/meetings/EGM_Ittmig_Arab/P10_Ozd
en.pdf>.
Description: The United Nation’s meeting on International Migration and Development in
the Arab region.
7. "Arab World Is at Risk of Brain Drain | The National." Arab World Is at Risk of Brain
Drain. The National, 26 Feb. 2010. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.thenational.ae/news/world/middle-east/arab-world-is-at-ris
k-of-brain-drain>.
Description: A news article on the threats of Demographic Deficit.
8. "Youth." Your Middle East. Your Middle East, n.d. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.yourmiddleeast.com/hot-topics/youth_72>.
Description: A constantly updating list of news articles that are concentrated on the youth
angst and integration in the MENA region.
9. "Education." Your Middle East. Your Middle East, n.d. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.yourmiddleeast.com/hot-topics/education_69>.
Description: A constantly updating list of news articles that are concentrated on the
educational opportunities in the MENA region.
10. "Investment." Your Middle East. Your Middle East, n.d. Web. 1 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.yourmiddleeast.com/hot-topics/investment_98>.
Description: A constantly updating list of news articles that are concentrated on the
investment aims in the MENA region.
24
Association of Southeast Asian Nations
Topic 1: Disaster Aid
In June of 2013, Typhoon Haiyan slammed Tacloban City of the Philippines with torrential
rain, flooding, and category five winds, leaving a path of carnage in its wake. Most buildings
were completely ravaged by the storm, the cries of the the injured and impoverished rang
out amidst the destruction. Over 2,500 people were confirmed dead, thousands more
injured, and even more displaced from the destruction of their homes. Although the
international community responded generously, pouring millions of dollars of aid into the
region, most of it came too late to make an ostensible impact towards immediate relief.
Weeks after the disaster, nearly 2 million people remained impoverished and without access
to food, water, and rudimentary necessities. Experts estimate that if aid had been delivered
quicker to the general populace, hundreds more lives could have been saved.
The tragedy of Typhoon Haiyan tells a story that is becoming increasingly common in the
Southeast Asian region. Although the perils of typhoons, earthquakes, and the like are not
unfamiliar in the region, global warming has intensified these natural disasters to a point
where they have become one of the most significant economic and humanitarian threats to
the countries of ASEAN. In the 2013 hurricane season alone, a total of 13 typhoons resulted
in 6,700 deaths and $21.5 billion of damage. Moreover, the region is only a few years
removed the Japanese tsunami that not only caused widespread debilitation in its own right,
but triggered the infamous Fukushima nuclear crisis. As natural disasters are becoming
increasingly severe and ubiquitous issues within the ASEAN community, it is imperative that
the committee take steps to ameliorate their consequences.
As a problem shared by nearly the entire committee, the disaster relief stands as one of the
greatest threats to Southeast Asian stability. One potential solution that has been
considered is a mutual defense act that pools the entirety of the regions resources towards
disaster prevention would provide the imperatives ASEAN needs to combat the ever
strengthening storms of the future. Because most international aid is distant and difficult to
mobilize within a rapid time frame, creating a region mutual aid program would ensure
every ASEAN nation has access to readily available disaster relief. However, the logistics of
this solution must be agreed upon to maintain the solvency of this solution. Where would
such stockpiles be based? How would supplies be distributed in a time of urgent need? What
should be contributed by each country?
Moreover, the proposition of contributing to a mutual fund may seem inherently dismaying
to some countries who feel their current preparations are more than adequate. How would a
plan for mutual disaster defense that hinges on contributions ensure equity between ASEAN
member nations? Given these pressing questions, the specifics of a cohesive disaster relief
plan between ASEAN member nations appear extremely unclear at the moment. A litany of
other proposals have also been introduced, many of which are equally controversial.
What is clear however, is that amid the rising frequency and severity of natural disasters,
the ASEAN nations need a more effective way to deal with the typhoons, earthquakes, and
tsunamis of the future. A mutual defense act has become one of the more prominent
potential solutions, but member nations of the ASEAN committee should be compelled to
draft any cohesive, practical, and effectual proposal to alleviate the suffering caused by
these disasters in order to preserve the future stability of the Southeast Asian region.
25
Discussion Questions:
1. How effective are the current implementations for disaster relief in your country?
2. What is the stake of your country in these natural disasters. i.e. what is the scope to
which typhoons, earthquakes, etc. affect your country
3. How can the ASEAN committee implement a unified regional plan to bolsters its
defenses against natural disasters?
Resources:
1. "Asia Pacific Disaster Response Fund (APDRF)." ADB.org. The Asian
Development,n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.adb.org/site/funds/funds/asia-pacific-disaster-response-fundapdrf>.
Description: An existing initiative in the Asia Pacific Region for mutual disaster
funding. Although it is small and relatively inconsequential it is an excellent place to
start researching.
2. Belgian. EM-DAT. The International Disaster Database. N.p.: n.p., n.d. Country
Profiles. Web. <http://www.emdat.be/country-profile>.
Description: A Belgian database that publishes data on natural disasters for nearly
every single country.
3. Cheney-Peters, Scott. "Southeast Asian Rivals Work Together in Disaster Relief
Exercise - USNI News." News.usni.org. USNI News, 24 June 2013. Web.
30
Apr. 2014.
<http://news.usni.org/2013/06/24/southeast-asian-rivals-work-together-indisaster-relief-exercise>.
Description: An example of cooperation between Southeast Asian nations in
preparing for disasters.
4. CIA. "Field Listing :: Natural Hazards." Central Intelligence Agency. Central
Intelligence Agency, n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world
factbook/fields/2021.html?countryName=United>.
Description: A listing of various natural disasters that are most prominent in each
nation.
5. "Emergency Preparedness - Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation." Emergency
Preparedness - Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation. APEC, n.d. Web. 29 Apr.
26
<http://www.apec.org/Groups/SOM-Steering-Committee-on-Economic-andTechnical-Cooperation/Working-Groups/Emergency-Preparedness.aspx>
Description: An APEC initiative to encourage emergency preparedness among Asia
Pacific nations.
6. Moroney, Jennifer. "Lessons from Department of Defense Disaster Relief Efforts in
the
Asia-Pacific Region." RAND Corporation, n.d. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RR146.html>.
Description: A report by the RAND corp. that reviews the success of past disaster
relief efforts in Asia.
7. Presse, Agence. "US Urges Asean Armies to Prepare for More Natural Disasters."
Inquirer Global Nation. N.p., 3 Apr. 2014. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://globalnation.inquirer.net/101593/us-urges-asean-armies-toprepare-for-more-natural-disasters>.
Description: An admonishment by the US for ASEAN to prepare for future climate
change and the increased number of natural disasters that will result.
8. Ho, Shermaine. "Analysis: Assessing Southeast Asia's Aid Coordination during
Crises." Irinnews.org. IRIN News, 6 Dec. 2012. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.irinnews.org/fr/report/96983/analysis-assessing-southeastasia-s-aid-coordination-during-crises>.
Description: An evaluation on how effective ASEAN nations are at coordinating their
aid in times of crisis.
9. Tuang, Nah. "ASEAN and Natural Disasters." The Diplomat. N.p., 13 Dec. 2011.
Web. 29 Apr. 2014. <http://thediplomat.com/2011/12/asean-and-naturaldisasters/>.
Description: A discussion on the most prevalent natural disasters and how they
affect the ASEAN region.
10. The United States Government. USAID. Asia and Pacific- Risk Reduction Programs.
USAID, 30 Sept. 2010. Web.
27
<https://dec.usaid.gov/dec/GetDoc.axd?ctID=ODVhZjk4NWQtM2YyMi00YjR
mLTkxNjktZTcxMjM2NDBmY2Uy&rID=MzMzOTQ4&pID=NTYw&attchmnt=VHJ
1ZQ==&uSesDM=False&rIdx=NDMyODQw&rCFU=>.
Description: Steps the USA is taking to provide aid for disasters in the Asia Pacific
region.
28
Topic 2: Transnational Violence
Formed in 1967, the ASEAN committee’s original goal was to unite its nations against
communist insurgencies. The committee was meant to be a bulwark against the political and
social instability that often plagued the region. Furthermore, ASEAN provided a unifying
platform to ensure that its nations would not antagonize each other in the context of the
ongoing cold war. But even with these issues long since resolved, contemporary disputes
over territory, natural resources, etc. are still proving to be a major contributing factor to
instability in the Southeast Asian region.
A popular and contentious topic within the ASEAN committee, the broad term ‘regional
security’ was intentionally chosen to encompass any sort of issue within the Asia-Pacific
region that would best be resolved by the collective action of the ASEAN committee. While
the ASEAN region faces a litany of such crises, one of the most salient is the issue of
transnational violence.
Violence has become one of the most pertinent issues of the Asia Pacific region. Home to
some of the principal hubs to the global human and drug trafficking trade, ASEAN nations
have also seen a corresponding rise in other crimes such as terrorism, piracy, and other
violent crimes. In response to these increases, ASEAN signed the Joint Declarations in the
Fight against International Terrorism, allowing the committee to work with worldwide law
enforcement agencies to coordinate a global fight against terrorism; yet despite this, ASEAN
but has failed to make any inroads with respect to localized, regionally pertinent solutions.
In combating transnational violence, ASEAN nations have typically only engaged in bilateral
talks with each other, with yet to find a broader solution that applies to the entire
committee. Because criminals make no distinctions between countries, the ASEAN
committee must recognize that transnational crime is an issue that, quite literally,
transcends national boundaries. Previous proposals to combat these criminals included
police force communication, centralized intelligence databases, and commitments to border
patrols.
Police force communication would not create an agglomerated police agency, but rather
enhance communication lines between the forces of different nations. The sharing of vital
intelligence information would further augment this cooperation, as registered criminals
fleeing a certain country would find it more difficult to find sanctuary in neighboring nations.
Moreover, to seek refuge in the first place criminals often abuse the porous borders between
ASEAN nations. Enhancing border security would not only hinder the efforts of these
criminals in eluding law enforcement, but also contain especially dangerous forms of crime.
It is worth noting that much of the violence in Southeast Asia is firmly embedded in regional
culture. For example, cases of domestic abuse and political violence have their roots in the
upholding of traditional cultural or religious practices. In light of this, consider that an
exhaustive plan to combat violence must also have a moral and spiritual component as well.
However, such solutions have historically been difficult to pass because of ASEAN’s tradition
of noninterference, consensus-based decision making, and respect for state sovereignty.
Although the independence of each ASEAN nation should not be abridged in any
circumstances, perhaps it is time to reevaluate the state-centered approach that has proved
unproductive in resolving these contemporary -and deadly- conflicts.
29
Discussion Questions:
1. What are the major types of transnational crime that originate in your nation?
2. Is your country able to effectively control crime within its boundaries and prevent it
from spreading regionally? What policing resources is it sufficient in? What resources
does it lack?
3. What do you think ASEAN can do to bolster the security of the region as a whole? To
what extent is your nation willing to sacrifice its personal sovereignty for the
collective benefit of the ASEAN committee?
Resources:
1. Acharya, Amitav. "Security Challenges in the ASEAN Region." N.p., 26 June 2012.
<http://amitavacharya.com/sites/default/files/ASEANSecuring%20Asia%20-London%20Presentation.pdf>.
Description: Powerpoint presentation that highlights the major security challenges
faced by the ASEAN region and its constituent nations.
2. ASEAN. "ASEAN Regional Security: The Threats Facing It and the Way Forward* By
ASEAN Secretariat**." The Association of Southeast Asian Nations. N.p., 24
July 2012. Web. 29 Apr. 2014. <http://www.asean.org/news/item/aseanregional-security-the-threats-facing-it-and-the-way-forward-by-aseansecretariat-2>.
Description: An official disclosure by ASEAN that itemizes the threats facing the
ASEAN region and how to address them.
3. "ASEAN Boosts Cooperation in Combating Transnational Crime." Vietnamplus.vn.
Vietnam Plus, 21 June 2013. Web.
<http%3A%2F%2Fen.vietnamplus.vn%2FHome%2FASEAN-bootscooperation-in-combating-transnational crime%2F20136%2F35838.vnplus>.
Description: A news article on the steps ASEAN nations are taking to fight regional
crime.
4. Broadhurst, Rod. "Transnational Crime in the Asian Century." Eastasiaforum.org.
East Asia Forum, 8 May 2012. Web.
<http://www.eastasiaforum.org/2012/05/08/transnational-crime-in-theasian-century/>.
30
Description: A discussion on the scope and significance of transnational crime in the
Asian region.
5. Coates, Eliane. "Myanmar's Religious Violence a Threat to Southeast Asia's Security."
Eastasiaforum.org. East Asia Forum, 4 July 2013. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.eastasiaforum.org/2013/07/04/myanmars-religious-violence-athreat-to-southeast-asias-security/>.
Description: Focuses specifically on the country of Myanmar and how its own
religious instability can have greater regional implications.
6. "D.4. Crime - Statistical Yearbook for Asia and the Pacific 2013." Unescap.org. N.p.,
2012. Web. 29 Apr. 2014. <http://www.unescap.org/stat/data/syb2013/D.4Crime.asp>.
Description: A statistical compilation of the occurrence and frequency of crimes for
Asian countries.
7. Gonzales, Alberto R. Asian Transnational Organized Crime and Its Impact on the
United States. Rep. Department of Justice, n.d. Web.
<https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/214186.pdf>.
Description: Discusses the various types of crime that are most prevalent in each
ASEAN nation.
8. Lansford, Tom. "South Asia and the International Arms Trade." Peacenews.info.
Peace News, Nov. 2003. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://peacenews.info/node/3974/south-asia-and-international-armstrade>
Description: One facet of transnational crime: the international arms trade
magnified in this article.
9. Shah, Riddhi. "ISSUE BRIEF." Sspc.com. Society for the Study of Peace and Conflict,
23 Feb. 2013. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.sspconline.org/issuebrief/AnASEANWayofCombatingTransnatio
nalCrime>
31
Description: Provides appropriate definition of transnational crime, as well as
discussing its effects in ASEAN and suggests possible solutions.
10. "Violence against Women in Politics Rampant in South Asia."Zeenews.india.com. Z
News, 30 Apr. 2014. Web. <http://zeenews.india.com/news/nation/violenceagainst-women-in-politics-rampant-in-south-asia_928631.html>.
Description: News article that testifies to a form of violence that is uniform
throughout the entire region and reinforced by existing cultural norms.
32
Topic 3: Communicable Diseases
As the 21st century progresses, the world is encountering an era of unprecedented
globalization. Innovations in air, sea, and ground transportation have made transporting
people between nations exponentially quicker. However, an unfortunate consequences of
this is that dissemination of diseases -namely avian influenza, and various drug resistant
superbugs- among the global populace is becoming easier as well.
The Asia-Pacific region has withstood the trials and tribulations of numerous diseases over
its history. The SARS outbreak in April 2003 triggered a global panic that threatened
regional confidence and stability. Through the concerted efforts of the WHO and ASEAN,
SARS was eventually eradicated from Southeast Asia. However, the failure of the nations in
the ASEAN region to respond cohesively and effectively to the initial outbreak engendered
thousands of unnecessary deaths and underscored the need for more transparency and
collaboration when dealing with novel infectious agents.
The most prevalent disease at present in Southeast Asia continues to be the HIV/AIDS
virus. According to recent estimates, there are nearly 1.6 million people living with
HIV/AIDS in the ASEAN region, and that number is increasing rapidly as promiscuous and
reckless sexual activity increases. Distribution and severity of the epidemic varies between
member nations; some nations only possess trace amounts of the diseases while others are
inundated with infected people. Yet despite these discrepancies, the fluidity of population
movement between ASEAN nations implies that the battle against HIV/AIDS can be waged
most effectively at the regional level.
But while HIV continues to fuel a present pandemic, the future of communicable diseases is
even more ominous. In a world where antibiotics are freely and often times erroneously
prescribed, resistant forms of influenza and bacteria, dubbed “superbugs”, are becoming
firmly ensconced in the microbial world. If these strains gain widespread transmission, the
implications for not only the ASEAN region but for the entire world would be immensely
disturbing.
Moreover, ASEAN holds the unfortunate distinction of being the sole harborer of the avian
influenza H5N1. Although currently incapable of human-human transmission, H5N1 is an
extremely potent form of influenza that lacks any vaccine or cure. If it were to gain human
to human transmission, the potential implications would rival that of the 1918 flu pandemic,
which killed nearly 100 million people- 5% of the world population. ASEAN would be
responsible as the first line of defense to ensure this potent virus does not progress to
pandemic proportions.
Looking into the future ASEAN must prepare to endure the rising emergence of dangerous
and deadly communicable diseases. Although the complexity and scope of healthcare
infrastructure between ASEAN nations vary, many currently lack the adequate sanitation
and educational resources necessary to inhibit pathogen transmission. Unfortunately, only
the weakest link is significant with infectious diseases; even nations with the most
scrutinizing sanitation standards will invariably succumb the immigration of infected citizens
from other nations. In order to bolster the health of not only the Southeast Asian region but
also the world as a whole, it is absolutely imperative that the ASEAN committee creates a
comprehensive defense against present and future infectious diseases.
33
Discussion Questions:
1. What are the major diseases present among the populace in your country?
2. How prepared is your country to respond to the threat of emerging diseases such as
H5N1?
3. What steps do you think the ASEAN committee should take to not only combat the
ailments of the present but also protect us from future threats to public health?
Resources:
1. Gupta, Indrani, and Pradeep Guin. "Communicable Diseases in the South-East Asia
Region of the World Health Organization: Towards a More Effective
Response." Who.int. The World Health Organization, 11 Jan. 2010. Web. 30
Apr. 2014. <http://www.who.int/bulletin/volumes/88/3/09-065540/en/>.
Description: A WHO notice that discusses more effective ways to engage
communicable diseases in Asia.
2. Halsey, Ian. "Connectivity and Emerging Infectious Diseases in Southeast Asia."
IRINnews. IRIN, 3 Feb. 2014. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.irinnews.org/report/99577/connectivity-and-emerginginfectious-diseases-in-southeast-asia>.
Description: A discussion on how regional interconnection is engendering the
vulnerability of ASEAN to the rise of emerging diseases.
3. "HIV and AIDS in Asia." Avert.org. AVERT, n.d. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.avert.org/hiv-and-aids-asia.htm>.
Description: Analysis on the prevalence and significance of HIV and AIDS in various
parts of Asia.
4. Kelland, Kate. "'Superbugs' That Can Overpower Antibiotics Are Spreading: WHO."
Reuters. Thomson Reuters, 30 Apr. 2014. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.reuters.com/article/2014/04/30/us-health-antibioticsidUSKBN0DG11E20140430>.
Description: Admonishing articles that points to the dire consequences of our
misuse of antibiotics. Troubling insight into the future.
5. Foster, Peter. "China Threatens World Health by Unleashing Waves of Superbugs."
34
The Telegraph. Telegraph Media Group, 25 June 2005. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/china/7168303/Chinathreatens-world-health-by-unleashing-waves-of-superbugs.html>.
Description: News article describing the rise of superbugs in China and attesting to
the clear and present threat that these resistant pathogens present.
6. "Control of Infectious Diseases." Cdc.gov. Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, 30 July 1999. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm4829a1.htm>.
Description: An article written by the CDC on how to effectively control the spread
of pathogens.
7. Lupkin, Sydney. "Response to SARS-Like Virus an Improvement Over 2003
Outbreak." ABC News. ABC News Network, 25 Sept. 2012. Web. 30 Apr.
<http://abcnews.go.com/blogs/health/2012/09/25/response-to-sars-likevirus-an-improvement-over-2003-outbreak/>.
Description: Points out the various failures in addressing the SARS outbreak of
2003, and how a recent response to a similar outbreak shows promising progress.
8. Morin, Monte. "Deadly H5N1 Bird Flu Needs Just 5 Mutations to Spread Easily in
People." Latimes.com. The Los Angeles Times, 10 Apr. 2014. Web.
<http://www.latimes.com/science/sciencenow/la-sci-sn-bird-flu-fivemutations-20140410,0,6818032.story>.
Description: An article that testifies to how the threat of an easily transmissible
H5N1 emerging virus is both relevant and imminent.
9. "Current H5N1 Affected Areas." Phac-aspc.gc.ca. Public Health Agency of Canada, 22
Apr. 2014. Web. <http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/h5n1/index-eng.php>.
Description: A map that compares exposure to the H5N1 virus between different
countries.
10. "H5N1 Avian Flu (H5N1 Bird Flu)." Flu.gov. US DoH, n.d. Web. 28 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.flu.gov/about_the_flu/h5n1/>.
35
Description: Basic information about the current state of the H5N1 virus and its
future implications.
36
Council for Economic Advancement
Topic 1: Economic Inequality
Though all countries in the world are striving to become developed and modernized, many
countries are unable to do so due to monetary restrictions. Even though many countries
attempt to donate both funds and resources to less developed countries, these countries
have still become stagnated in growth. However, these unequal distributions of wealth are
not just present at a global level, but they are also present at a domestic level. In fact,
according to a recent survey, countries such as Albania and Zimbabwe have some of the
world’s most unequal distributions of domestic wealth. In these cases, roughly ten percent
of each country’s population controls roughly three quarters of each country’s wealth. With
such a huge difference in distribution, how can we expect to progress our local and global
economies? Another recent study performed by the International Monetary Fund also shows
that inequalities in distribution of wealth usually lead to a slower economic growth, in both
domestic and global economies.
However, this issue is not only prevalent in undeveloped countries; it is also seen greatly in
many first world countries. For example, in recent years a movement has been happening in
the United States that calls for a better distribution of wealth due to the fact that according
to a recent study, 35.4% of the United States’ wealth is controlled by the top one percent of
its population. Having this much wealth of a country in such a small portion of the
population leads to huge problems with the rest of the country. Such discrepancies lead to
poverty and unrest in countries; two problems that fight directly against development and
growth in a county. Along with the United States, many other developed countries such as
China and France have large wealth distribution inequalities. The only way to move forward
with both domestic and global economies is to address these problems.
While unequal distribution of wealth is a very prevalent problem in the world, there are
several funds and programs that are currently trying to combat it. For example, Norwegian
Investment Fund for Developing Countries funnels millions of dollars mainly into countries
located in Africa and Central America. This money is used to set up different projects and
businesses in this region. However, while the infrastructure is being developed, the people
of the region are still rather uneducated and impoverished. While the region is being
developed, the people themselves will have trouble adjusting to the life without being
educated or helped transition into the new life. Instead of pouring money into areas, the UN
should focus on other ways of helping areas develop and become more economically
sufficient/stable by sending in important people or goods that could bring a measurable
change to the area.
In conclusion, the CEA should focus on developing and helping impoverished areas by
means other than just monetary contributions. The goal of this operation is to help less
developed regions grow as a whole so that they too, may be as fortunate and wealthy as
those around them. By making everyone economically independent from aid, as a whole, we
would be accelerating and growing not only local economies, but the world economy as well.
In addition, the billions of dollars saved total from welfare programs could be put to other
uses such as environmental issues. By finding a solution to the problem of economic
inequality, you would be indirectly decreasing a large amount of crime (theft/robbery) that
occurs due to poverty. You would also be saving governments around the world billions by
proving long-term welfare programs obsolete. Lastly, you would be bettering economies
worldwide; a major goal for the Council for Economic Advancement.
37
Discussion Questions:
1. How can countries that are not as wealthy and fortunate as others begin to rebuild
and develop?
2. What types of programs/methods would CEA use to attempt and fix the unequal
wealth distribution happening globally?
3. What types of laws or reforms would countries make to help decrease some of the
economic inequality in any given country?
Resources:
1. "Alan Grayson Says United States Has Fifth-most Unequal Wealth Distribution
in World." PolitiFact Florida. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.politifact.com/florida/statements/2011/oct/14/alangrayson/alan-grayson-says-united-states-has-fifth-most-une/>.
Description: Gives general information about the countries with the most unequal
distributed wealth.
2. "Center for Global, International and Regional Studies." The World Distribution
of Household Wealth [eScholarship]. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://escholarship.org/uc/item/3jv048hx#page-1>.
Description: Paper on the worldwide distribution of wealth.
3. "Does Raising All Boats Lift the Tide?" The Economist. The Economist
Newspaper, 04 Mar. 2014. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.economist.com/blogs/freeexchange/2014/03/inequality>.
Description: Talks about a possible solution to solving economic inequality.
4. "Measuring Inequality." Poverty Analysis -. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/TOPICS/EXTPOVERTY/E
XTPA/0,,contentMDK:20238991~menuPK:492138~pagePK:148956~piP
K:216618~theSitePK:430367,00.html>.
Description: Information on how to measure inequality in certain countries. Breaks
down the Gini-coefficient system.
5. "Norfund - Home." Norfund - Home. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.norfund.no/>.
Description: Official site of Norfund.
6. Randerson, James. "World's Richest 1% Own 40% of All Wealth, UN Report
38
Discovers." The Guardian. Guardian News and Media, 06 Dec. 2006.
Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.theguardian.com/money/2006/dec/06/business.internatio
nalnews>.
Description: UN report on the worldwide inequality of wealth.
7. "Regional Economic Outlook: Asia and Pacific - Sustaining the Momentum:
Vigilance and Reforms, April 2014 -- Table of Contents." Regional
Economic Outlook: Asia and Pacific - Sustaining the Momentum:
Vigilance and Reforms, April 2014 -- Table of Contents. N.p., n.d. Web.
01 May 2014.
<http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/reo/2014/apd/eng/areo0414.htm
>
Description: Official site of the International Monetary Fund. Gives economic reports of
every region.
8. "Thinking Clearly about Economic Inequality." Cato Institute. N.p., n.d. Web. 01
May 2014.
<http://www.cato.org/publications/policy-analysis/thinking-clearly-abouteconomic-inequality>.
Description: Talks about economic inequality. There is an entire article written
about economic inequality.
9. "U.S. Income Distribution: Just How Unequal? | Inequality.org."Inequalityorg.
N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://inequality.org/unequal-americas-income-distribution/>.
Description: Talks more about how unequally the wealth in the United States is
distributed.
10. "Who Rules America: Wealth, Income, and Power." Who Rules America: Wealth,
Income, and Power. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www2.ucsc.edu/whorulesamerica/power/wealth.html>.
Description: This source gives graphs and data on the distribution of wealth in the
United States.
39
Topic 2: Drug and Human Trafficking
Drug and human trafficking is a huge social problem that is often underestimated, but the
economic aspects of such crimes must also be taken into consideration. With $32 billion
generated each year by human trafficking, even with the average slave only selling for $90,
and $321 billion generated by drug trafficking, these trades have huge effects on the world
economy. Many economies, such as those of Colombia and Mexico, are actually dependent
on these illicit trades to bring money into them. The governments in these areas, a majority
of the time, ignore these illicit trades as the crime syndicates that run them are too
powerful to be controlled or tempered. Though prodigious amounts money is made from
these trades, enough, in fact, that drug money actually bailed out many banks in Europe
recently, these trades are still generally illicit for a reason. They both cause a lot of death
and human suffering, and many governments pour billions of dollars into stymieing these
illicit trades. With huge amounts of money coming into these illicit businesses from both
sides, how should the UN work to eradicate them while keeping world economies stable?
Drug trafficking, though it also causes a great number of health issues, is a problem for
other reasons. Most major crime syndicates gain a majority of their funding from drug sales.
Therefore, the drugs they are trading are not only strengthening the world drug trade, but
also the crime organizations themselves. It is often thought that the marijuana trade, due
to the drugs relatively innocuous nature, is not a pressing issue. The issue with that,
however, is that over half of all money made by drug traffickers originates from the
cannabis plant. This means that though marijuana itself may not be the most deleterious
substance, it serves to fund other illicit trades and businesses that those drug traffickers
partake in.
There are many ways to tackle the drug trafficking issue. Some countries will choose to
make only light changes as it is deeply ingrained in their culture, society, and economy.
Some countries will believe that large scale legalization is the only true way to combat this
deleterious practice. Other countries will believe that a well-coordinated war on drugs can
have significant effect. Though most economists believe that ending the war on drugs will
yield great economic effects, one cannot only view this issue from an economic standpoint.
Different issues such as ethics, healthcare, and the well-being of a population must also be
taken into consideration alongside the economics.
The human trafficking issue is more agreed upon as despicable and insidious, and it is also
less ingrained in culture, society, and the economy. Nevertheless, it is still a pressing social
issue, as there are currently more slaves in the world than there ever have been. In
addition these slaves are being sold at cheaper and cheaper prices and are therefore being
subjected to harsher physical, mental and sexual demands. This is because as more of
these slaves can be acquired for less money, the care that is expressed of them will go
down as they are “worth less”. This means that as this trade becomes more powerful, prices
of these human beings will go down, and the treatment of these people will get
progressively worse. Solutions for this issue could range from international funding for a
project fighting it to an attempt to legalize prostitution, cheap labor, or other things that
would lower the demand for contemporary slaves.
Drug trafficking and human trafficking both have one major thing in common. They are both
illicit practices with great economic effects. In addition, they are both heavily ingrained into
certain economies around the world. The conflict between the moral issues of these trades
and the economic benefits they provide is a conundrum, with many possible answers, but
no decided solution yet. With coordination and motivation, the United Nations will be able to
reach that solution, and provide stability to the world both socially and economically
40
Discussion Questions:
1. What problems does your country face relating to either drug or human trafficking?
Try to analyze these issues from both a social and economic perspective.
2. How could your country specifically contribute to the fight against these trades? How
would your country propose fighting against these inimical practices?
3. What could the United Nations do to combat the sale and distribution of these illegal
drugs and human beings?
Resources:
1. Reuters, Niklas Pollard. "UN report puts world's illicit drug trade at estimated
$321b."Boston.com. The Boston Globe, 30 June 2005. Web. 20 April 2014.
<http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2005/06/30/un_report
_puts_worlds_illicit_drug_trade_at_estimated_321b/>.
Description: Talks about the value of the drug trade to the world’s economy.
2. Cambell, Greg. "Blunt Trauma." . New Republic, 13 July 2012. Web. 20 April
2014.
<http://www.newrepublic.com/article/politics/magazine/104914/gregcampbell-blunt-trauma-marijuana%20>.
Description: The effect of the drug trade on the countries that are the sources of
the drugs.
3. Syal, Rajeev. "Drug money saved banks in global crisis, claims UN advisor."
The Observer. Guardian News and Media, 13 Dec. 2009. Web. 20 April 2014.
<http://www.theguardian.com/global/2009/dec/13/drug-money-bankssaved-un-cfief-claims>.
Description: Shows the power of the international drug market.
4. Thoumi, Francisco E.. "Illegal Drugs in Colombia." . JSTOR, 12 July 2002. Web.
20 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.jstor.org/discover/10.2307/1049737?uid=3739864&uid=2&uid
=4&uid=3739256&sid=21103953530157>.
41
Description: Speaks about the effect the drug trade can have on local economies,
through the scope of Colombia.
5. "Drug Trafficking." Drug trafficking. United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime,
n.d. Web. 20 Apr. 2014. <http://www.unodc.org/unodc/en/drugtrafficking/index.html>.
Description: General information about drug trafficking.
6. Koettl, Johannes. "Human Trafficking, Modern Day Slavery, and Economic
Exploitation." . World Bank, 8 May 2009. Web. 20 Apr. 2014.
<http://siteresources.worldbank.org/SOCIALPROTECTION/Resources/SPDiscussion-papers/Labor-Market-DP/0911.pdf>.
Description: Generally speaks about human trafficking and its economic effects.
7. "Economics of Trafficking." Fight Slavery Now. Fight Slavery Now, n.d. Web. 20
Apr. 2014. <http://fightslaverynow.org/why-fight-there-are-27-millionreasons/economics-and-human-trafficking/>.
Description: Talks about the deleterious effects human trafficking can have on
economies.
8. Cho, Sea-Young. "Economics of Human Trafficking." Economics of Human
Trafficking, 3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index. N.p., n.d. Web. 20 Apr. 2014.
<http://economics-human-trafficking.org/>.
Description: Comments on the trends of human trafficking, using graphs and
charts.
9. "Economics of Human Trafficking." National Center for Biotechnology
Information. U.S. National Library of Medicine, n.d. Web. 20 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20645472>.
Description: Generally speaks about human trafficking from an economic
perspective.
42
10. Van Liemt, Gijsbert. "Human Trafficking in Europe: An Economic Perspective." .
Cornell University, 1 June 2004. Web. 2 May 2014.
<http://digitalcommons.ilr.cornell.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1008&cont
ext=forcedlabor>.
Description: Looks at human trafficking and its economic effects on Europe.
43
Environment and Technology Committee
Topic 1: Waste Management and Disposal
As a growing global population (growing at about 1.1 percent per year), The world’s waste
output is constantly increasing. Some experts predict the levels of global municipal waste to
double by 2025. With greater populations, come greater waste outputs. This factor is
multiplied by the increase in Industrializing nations. As countries increase the amount of
products they consume, and the amount of products they create, their Municipal waste
levels exponentially increase. This problem has become so severe because many of the
products that are considered environmentally threatening, such as plastics and aluminum,
are being used for a very short period of time and then discarded. These products pile up in
dumps worldwide without disintegrating. This is detrimental to the world around us. We
pump garbage into landfills, forests, rivers, and even our ocean, as exhibited by the great
pacific garbage patch (a floating mass of disposed garbage that sits in the middle of the
Pacific Ocean). Our garbage ends up not only making areas unsightly, but harming the
animal life that dwells there. Our six pack holders end up around the necks of birds, plastic
bags end up clogging the inside of sea turtles. The more populated our planet gets, the
worse this problem gets. Developing countries along with industrialized countries alike
produce massive amounts of waste. This is especially problematic in the developing
countries that have endangered ecosystems. A perfect example of this is the area around
the Amazon River. Areas such as the Peruvian Amazon had experienced bad contamination
from plants such as the Occidental Petroleum refinery. Furthermore, physical waste, or
“garbage” is dumped into and around the vulnerable river. Both of these pollutants make it
almost impossible for vegetation to grow on the once fertile soil.
Furthermore, another massive part of the global waste disposal problem is the radioactive
waste that results from our use of nuclear technology. Through our use of nuclear materials
in creating power, doing research, and for medicinal purposes. While this technology is very
efficient, and has the potential to serve humanity well, it becomes very dangerous when
exposed to our environment outside of a controlled setting. Some countries included in
Envirotech produce much more nuclear waste than others, ranging from negligible amounts
of waste, to the massive amounts of high level nuclear waste produced by Nations such as
the United States and Russia. Nuclear waste is usually disposed by depositing directly into
the ground. This creates problems when the soil starts to become “poisoned” by the nuclear
reactors. The harm also applies to bodies of water. A radioactive dump will make it almost
impossible for most animals to live in that area for a long time. This problem is only
amplified by the fact that the majority of nuclear waste has a very long half life. This means
that it will take decades, if not centuries to decay to “safe” levels. While some countries
have much safer ways of disposing of this material while causing the least harm to the
environment, as of right now, we really have no way to dispose of this form of industrial
waste without causing any long term, or permanent environmental harm. Furthermore, with
more and more countries developing nuclear programs, this problem will only increase.
Resolutions in this area will focus on the nations that have the largest waste output and
higher populations. Delegates should create resolutions on managing waste, and putting in
systems that are capable of handling each country’s unique disposal needs and unique
different types of waste. The debate here will discuss possible alternative methods of
disposing of waste, and how to decide which countries need to take more of the
responsibility in remedying this problem. These issues also apply to the debate over nuclear
waste. Some countries are in the process of expanding their nuclear capabilities, while
others are strongly anti-nuclear. In order to effectively solve this problem, countries with
contrasting ideas must come to a common consensus.
44
Discussion Questions:
1. How can the Environment and Technology committee
pragmatic, efficient, or safe way to dispose of waste?
2. How can the Environment and Technology committee
output?
3. How can the Environment and Technology committee
stockpiles?
4. How can the Environment and Technology committee
should be applied when disposing of nuclear waste?
decide what is the most
help to reduce our global waste
get rid of existing waste
decide what special measures
Resources:
1. "Factsheets and FAQs." International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA)IAEA Home.
N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.iaea.org/Publications/Factsheets/English/manradwa.html>.
Description: Provides a basis to understand the goals of the IAEA (international
atomic energy association)
2. "Guidelines for the Storage of Essential Medicines and Other Health
Commodities: Waste Management: Considering Waste Management."
Essential Medicines and Health Products Information Portal. WHO, n.d. Web.
01 May 2014. <http://apps.who.int/medicinedocs/en/d/Js4885e/8.html>.
Description: Goes over all the different types of waste that humans produce, and all
the different methods we have of disposing of that waste
3. "International Statistics: Compare Countries on Just about Anything!
NationMaster.com." NationMaster.com. NationMaster, n.d. Web. 01 May
2014. <http://www.nationmaster.com/>.
Description: This is a very helpful resource on finding basic statistics on waste
output and recycling.
4. "Press Office." Waste Atlas. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.atlas.d-waste.com/>.
Description: This provides more statistics for some countries that are involved in
the issue.
5. "Radioactive Waste Management." World Nuclear Association. World Nuclear
45
News, n.d. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.world-nuclear.org/info/Nuclear-Fuel-Cycle/NuclearWastes/Radioactive-Waste-Management/>.
Description: Another source (very similar to the first, but with some unique
information) that explains the processes we have as of now to dispose of nuclear
waste products, and explains the different types of nuclear waste and how harmful
they are.
6. "Resources." Urban Development. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/TOPICS/EXTURBANDEV
ELOPMENT/0%2C%2CcontentMDK%3A23172887~pagePK%3A210058~
piPK%3A210062~theSitePK%3A337178%2C00.html>.
Description: This provides a global review of a waste management plan currently
being used effectively.
7. "The Economics of The Nuclear Fuel Cycle." OECD. N.p., n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.oecd-nea.org/ndd/reports/efc/EFC-complete.pdf>.
Description: Explanation of the process of producing energy from nuclear reactors
8. "United Nations Environment Programme." -- Global Partnership on Waste
Management
(GPWM). N.p., n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.unep.org/gpwm/InformationPlatform/CountryWasteManag
ementProfiles/tabid/104472/Default.aspx>.
Description: Very in depth information for numerous countries on waste
management practices (may take a long time to load), good for leading to other
department sites and further searching, almost every country covered
9. "Waste Management: Overview." World Nuclear Association. World Nuclear
News, n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.world-nuclear.org/info/nuclear-fuel-cycle/nuclearwastes/waste-management-overview/>.
Description: A source that explains the processes we have as of now to dispose of
nuclear waste products, and explains the different types of nuclear waste and how
harmful they are
46
10. "Why Nuclear Energy." Nuclear Energy Institute. N.p., n.d. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.nei.org/Why-Nuclear-Energy>
Description: A source to provide a basic background on nuclear energy.
47
Topic 2: Water Availability and Pollution
No matter what country or area of the world a person is from, he or she needs clean water.
Not only does the human body need water to survive, it is also necessary for producing
food, clothing, removing waste, and preserving the environment. In the past century, the
use water has doubled. Although Ireland’s population has not doubled, it has proven to
stress the current water supply. What the delegates of the United Nations must resolve is
how to effectively conserve, manage, and distribute the water that we have.
One of the largest environmental problems plaguing the world right now is the lack of clean
drinking water. There are countries that chronically suffer from droughts, water shortages,
or not being able to get water to their people. It is estimated that 1/5 of the world’s
population is living in an area lacking physical access to fresh water. 3.41 million people,
each year, die from water, sanitation, and hygiene related causes each year. Without the
availability of water, it is impossible to address many of the other issues concerning the UN.
While this is a humanitarian concern, it can also be the root of intra-state conflict. Some of
these issues have been resolved such as that of surrounding the Senegal River, but there
still remains tense conflict in many areas such as the conflict between Egypt, Ethiopia, and
Sudan over the use of the Nile River. While many of the countries engaged in these conflicts
are suffering from water shortage, the average person in highly developed countries such as
the United States and the European Union consumes 60-100 gallons of water each day.
Though many people try their best to conserve water in their respective areas, their efforts
may not have a strong impact on the global issue. It should be the task of the Environment
and Technology Committee to determine what is the best plan going forward to ensure that
people have available clean water and to decrease the intra-state conflict that occurs due to
the international water crisis.
There is currently large amounts of waste being put into the global water supply. This is
partially discussed in the first topic, Waste Management and Disposal. There is more waste
water being generated today than in any other time in the past. 2.5 billion people do not
have access to proper water sanitation. More than 1,200 children each day die from
diarrhea due to unsafe water and poor sanitation. As the world population increases, so
does the demand for water. The supply of water in limited. Although actual amount of water
is not changing, the magnitude of fresh water that can be used for consumption and
industry is dwindling. This is due in part to the pollution of these waters.
Water is being inequitably dispersed to countries around the world. Some countries around
the world use a much higher proportion of water than other countries. Many countries on
the European and American continents consume a much higher proportion of water than
some African and Asian nations. It should be the duty of the Environment and Technology
Committee to decide upon whether or not a country’s water use should be limited. Should
water use be proportional to population? Or should each country a supply proportional to its
industry?
48
Discussion Questions:
1. How can the Environment and Technology committee
way to divide up existing freshwater sources?
2. How can the Environment and Technology committee
water?
3. How can the Environment and Technology committee
pollution?
4. How can the Environment and Technology committee
water into safe water?
decide the most egalitarian
find ways to conserve more
reverse some of the water
find ways to turn non-drinkable
Resources:
1.
"Childinfo.org: Statistics by Area - Sanitation - Country and Regional Data."
Childinfo.org: Statistics by Area - Sanitation - Country and Regional
Data. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.childinfo.org/sanitation_data.php>.
Description: This provides animations that graphically show how the global water
situation has changed over two decades
2.
"Clean Water Crisis, Water Crisis Facts, Water Crisis Resources - National
Geographic." National Geographic. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://environment.nationalgeographic.com/environment/freshwater/fr
eshwater-crisis/>.
Description: This is able to tell how freshwater specifically has been impacted. It
also contains links on why this matters.
3.
"Facts and Figures." 2013. N.p., n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.unwater.org/water-cooperation-2013/water-cooperation/fa
cts-and-figures/en/>.
Description: This shows how climate change and pollution have affected the global
water crisis.
4.
"Global Issues at the United Nations." UN News Center. UN, n.d. Web. 01 May
2014. <https://www.un.org/en/globalissues/water/>.
Description: The water crisis is truly a global issue, and the pages contained in this
link help to that more understandable. It also contains an update from the United
Nations on how they are trying to alleviate the crisi.
5.
Nature.com. Nature Publishing Group, n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
49
<http://www.nature.com/nature/focus/water/>.
Description: Through this page, you can access an interactive map that shows the
current disputes over water for specific countries. It also shows which countries are
most effect by which specific aspect of the water crisis.
6.
"Water Consumption Statistics - Worldometers." Water Consumption Statistics
Worldometers. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.worldometers.info/water/>.
Description: This is a compilation of other links that can be used for statistics on
global water use. It also contains a count on how many billions of liters of water
have been consumed this year.
7.
"Water Crisis." World Water Council -. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.worldwatercouncil.org/library/archives/water-crisis/>.
Description: This shows the effects that a dwindling water supply can have on the
global society.
8.
"Water, Sanitation and Hygiene." UNICEF. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.unicef.org/wash>.
Description: This contains information of what UNICEF -- a part of the United
Nations -- has been doing in an attempt to resolve the water crisis.
9.
"WaterAid America - The Water Story - The Crisis - Statistics." WaterAid
America - The Water Story - The Crisis - Statistics. N.p., n.d. Web. 01
May 2014.
<http://www.wateraid.org/us/the-water-story/the-crisis/statistics>.
Description: If you go under the “Where We Work” tab, you can get specific facts
about select countries that are impacted by the scarcity of water.
10. "What Makes Clean Water so Important?" Blue Planet Network. N.p., n.d. Web.
01 May 2014. <https://blueplanetnetwork.org/water/>.
Description: This contains startling global statistics on what the global water crisis
has done to our population.
50
Topic 3: Food and Agriculture
Today’s food and agriculture production relies heavily on biocides and genetically modified
organisms (GMOs). While we have been using fertilizers for centuries, we have recently
started to rely more and more on pesticides and insecticides to help our crops grow. Many
powerful neurotoxins used to kill insects have been deemed toxic to humans in the past
half-century. These toxins include chemicals such as aldrin, dieldrin, DDT, toxaphene,
chlordane, and heptachlor. These chemicals can also become part of the runoff and further
aggravate the current global water pollution situation as they potentially kill all life in the
water, rendering the water source dead and undrinkable. While many countries restrict the
use of certain harmful pesticides, other developing countries with looser agricultural laws
produce a large amount of agricultural goods. In these countries, crops are usually the
primary export, and thus these pesticides still flow through the global market, making their
way into even the most environmentally conscious countries. This shows the reason why
those countries who have already put restrictions on toxins in their crops, are trying to
extend these policies to other nations on a global level.
There is also the issue of genetically modified crops. This recent source of debate has
stemmed from our newfound ability to genetically engineer organisms. These GMO’s are
plants (or animals) that have genes from other species introduced into them to make them
“better”. Examples of these crops include strawberries that are given an antifreeze protein
from an ice fish that allows them to grow better in colder environments, and corn that are
given natural “pesticide” producing genes that makes them less desirable to certain problem
insects. Many educated people are adamantly against the use of genetically modified crops
because they believe that any foreign, non-natural genes introduced to our food are by
nature, toxic to humans. On the other side of the debate, leagues of respected biologists
argue that these GMO’s are the key to increasing our global food supply, and may even be
designed to be healthier for human consumption and nutrition needs. Either way, there are
no conclusive studies done that either support or reject the use of GMO’s on a long term
basis, so the effects are vastly unknown
Though these methods of increasing agricultural output can be harmful, the food production
needs ways to keep up with the growing population. Our current methods and levels just
will not work for much longer. The Food and Agriculture Organization estimates a global
population of 8.9 billion by 2050. Right now, we are struggling to support a global
population of 7.2 billion. The industrialized nations of the world are having a hard enough
time supporting their own populations, and the developing nations have an even worse food
deficit. Adding to the severity of our global lack of food resources, these 8.9 billion people
are also estimated to increase the amount of calories that they intake daily to consume. The
typical human will consume about 340 more calories than the current 2000 calorie global
average. This increase in caloric intake will call for much more food to be produced. This
must be done as efficiently as possible while still keeping in mind the potential health risks
of some of the more controversial solutions.
Debate and resolutions should focus on how to combat food shortage as well as whether or
not there should be restrictions placed on various agricultural methods. The issue of how to
safely increase our global agricultural output without putting too much strain on our
environment will be central. With different methods that would work in different regions and
areas, the Committee will have a lot to grapple with to help minimize these issues.
51
Discussion Questions:
1. How can the Environment and Technology committee decide if genetically modified
crops okay in the growth of our food?
2. How can the Environment and Technology committee increase the global food
supply?
3. How can the Environment and Technology committee implement regulations in order
to enable certain areas to sustainably increase their food output?
4. How can the Environment and Technology committee make the global agricultural
system more efficient?
Resources:
1.
"American Radio Works Presents : Engineering Crops in a Needy World :
FeatureStory." American Radio Works Presents : Engineering Crops in a
Needy World : Feature Story. N.p., n.d. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://americanradioworks.publicradio.org/features/gmos_india/pron.html>.
Description: This provides both the positives and negatives of the commonly
debated issues associated with genetically modified organisms.
2.
"Briefing: Genetically Modified Crops and Food." Friends of the Earth. N.p., n.d.
Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.foe.co.uk/sites/default/files/downloads/gm_crops_food.pdf
>
Description: This is a nice guide into what genetically modified crops are, and why
there are such polarized views about the topic.
3.
"FAO.org." Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. N.p., n.d.
Web. 01 May 2014. <http://www.fao.org/home/en/>.
Description: This is the webpage of the Food and Agricultural Committee of the
United Nations. It provides a lot of different information on the topic.
4.
"Food, Genetically Modified." WHO. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.who.int/topics/food_genetically_modified/en/>.
Description: This is the World Health Organization’s (WHO) viewpoint on GMOs.
WHO is a health oriented committee of the United Nations.
5.
"Genetically Modified Crops Only a Fraction of Primary Global Crop Production."
Worldwatch Institute. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
52
<http://www.worldwatch.org/node/5950>.
Description: This provides a good overview of when and why tensions began to
rise over GMOs.
6.
"International Food & Agricultural Trade Policy Council." International Food &
Agricultural Trade Policy Council. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.agritrade.org/index.html>.
Description: This has a compilation of seminars and scholarly articles on the topic
of international agriculture policy.
7.
"National and International Laws and Conventions Concerning Pesticides and
Other Toxic Chemicals." USHR Network. N.p., n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.ushrnetwork.org/sites/ushrnetwork.org/files/national_and
_international_laws_and_conventions.pdf>.
Description: Below the section about USA Laws, it contains a list of the current
basic international agricultural regulations in place today.
8.
PBS. PBS, n.d. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/harvest/exist/>.
Description: This contains arguments for and against the use of genetically
modified crops.
9.
"School of Social Ecology." Pesticides: Domestic and International
Perspectives. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://socialecology.uci.edu/pages/pesticides-domestic-and-internation
al-perspectives>.
Description: This link has many videos from experts on the topic, discussing the
goods and bads of pesticides.
10. "USDA ERS - Adoption of Genetically Engineered Crops in the U.S.: Recent
Trends in GE Adoption." USDA ERS - Adoption of Genetically Engineered
Crops in the U.S.: Recent Trends in GE Adoption. N.p., n.d. Web. 01 May
2014.
<http://www.ers.usda.gov/data-products/adoption-of-genetically-engine
53
ered-crops-in-the-us/recent-trends-in-gadoption.aspx#.U2Lrsq1dWs0>.
Description: This summarizes trends in the use of genetically engineered crops since their
introduction in 1997.
54
European Union
Topic 1: Space Exploration
Currently in the European Union, space exploration is a prevalent issue to its member
nations. For the past 50 years, the European Space Association (the ESA), has served as
Europe’s space program, with 20 member states, and has worked to develop space
technologies for the bulk of Europe. However, as recently as mid-February of 2014, the EU
has been in search of an effective space policy that would allow it to gain a strategic and
global lead in this field. Europe is currently home to a vast aerospace industry which
supplies a significant portion of materials to the world’s satellite manufacturing industry and
has proven to be highly competitive and difficult. Thus, the European Union realizes the
importance, economically and politically, of the creation of more comprehensive space
policies, feeling the potential for vast opportunistic growth within the EU amongst its
member nations as well as on the world stage. In addition, space is critical in security and
environmental policy regarding protective and preventative measures.
Politically, the implications of the enhancement of the European space policy are high. There
has been much discussion over whether or not policies should be created in a unilateral
fashion, with a coalition of only EU member states, or if such policies require input and even
aid from foreign powers, such as the United States, Russia, and China. Such issues could
possibly be addressed through creating initiatives for communication with such nations or
by requesting direct input, through a global community. Those who argue against the
intervention of non-European Union nations in the issue of space policy and exploration is
that it will hinder the EU’s economic and political independence from the rest of the world.
Most, however, feel that there is a stringent strategic value in Europe’s growth of space
programs, and realize the potential it has to cement the region’s position on the
international stage. Space policies in the EU have been revised last in early 2014 and are
constantly growing and changing as new developments in technologies and initiatives are
made. Programs like the Copernicus Programme, which is, generally speaking, aimed
toward the growth of the space sector of the EU, have been launched to enhance the field
and receive and distribute funding to participating nations.
With regards to the economic sector, the furthering of European space programs and
industries have several concerns to be addressed. In terms of entering space and the
expansion of space exploration programs, there is concern about funding and how much
funding should and can truly be allotted to the development and growth of these programs,
along with the viability of said funding. Currently, a budget of 1.4 billion euros has been
allocated in a recent framework program for space-related projects. A question which arises
from this particular figure is whether or not this figure is actually large enough to fund a
project as large as those in action within the EU. Economic disparages between certain
regionally differentiated nations must be accounted for in this context, keeping in mind
whether or not EU member states can truly afford to be involved in these programs.
Furthermore, there is the question of space as an industry. Many nations wonder the
potential for economic payoff in this field as well as the development of security
technologies, as well as the usage of such systems for environmental monitoring. Projects,
such as the Horizon 2020 Program, have been created to develop technology within the
European Union, such as space exploration programs in order to generate economic growth
and create new jobs within Europe.
European Union officials have recently grown to embrace more and more the potential of
space technologies, such as satellites, in the prediction of meteorological patterns and the
monitoring of environmental conditions. As recently as April 2014, the Copernicus
Programme launched its first in a series of six satellites aimed towards an environmental
55
monitoring network into orbit. The goal of the Copernicus satellite monitoring system is to
provide operational information of the world’s atmosphere, land formations, and oceans.
This information will go into predictive techniques to determine how the Earth is progressing
and will be used towards the development of environmental and security policymaking.
The European Union must attempt to create comprehensive resolutions on the area of space
exploration, given the enormous potential of this field to enhance the region’s political and
economic standing on the world stage. In addition, nations must note the possibility for a
means to monitor environmental conditions, combat climate change, and improve security
within the EU and the world. However, member states must realize the potential economic
and societal implications of the development of this sector, namely with regards to the
funding and creation of programs, security, and political independence of the European
Union in relation to other international super powers.
56
Discussion Questions:
1. What are the economic implications of the funding of such widespread space
projects? Are they viable pursuits which will ultimately prove to be beneficial or will
they simply detract funding from areas of greater concern?
2. What role will outside influences (i.e. China, Russia, the US, etc.) play in the
formation of space policy? Will these nations be used as resources or competition?
3. Are programs such as Copernicus worth developing for security reasons, or are they
simply threats in their own respects?
4. How can EU member states truly expand their individual space programs? (Is it up to
the EU as a whole or up to individual nations to grow this sector?)
5. What are the possible technological benefits, if any, to the development of space
technology and exploration? How can these developments benefit the EU, and even
Europe, as a whole?
6.
Resources:
1. "Applications." Copernicus: The European Earth Observation Programme. FDC, n.d.
Web. 23 Apr. 2014. <http://www.copernicus.eu/pages-principales/applications/>.
Description: A collection of links to the applicational purposes of Copernicus and the
expansion of the EU space programs in multiple fields.
2. "Bringing Space down to Earth." Europa. European Commission, n.d. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/policies/space/index_en.htm>.
Description: A segment on the industrial causes of space expansion. There are also links to
other space-based resources.
3. "COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN
PARLIAMENT, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMITTEE AND THE
COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS TOWARDS A SPACE STRATEGY FOR THE EUROPEAN
UNION THAT BENEFITS ITS CITIZENS."Copernicus. European Commission, 2011.
Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.copernicus.eu/pagesprincipales/library/policydocuments/?no_cache=1
&cHash=d316c2dac1323c95ca796e63a7957f19>.
Description: The document is a pdf file which is a publication by the European Commission
to various EU committees regarding the purpose of the Copernicus program and the
necessity to develop space policy and technologies.
57
4. “Copernicus in Brief." Copernicus: The European Earth Observation Programme. FDC,
n.d. Web. 23 Apr. 2014. <http://www.copernicus.eu/pagesprincipales/overview/copernicus-in-brief/>.
Description: A brief description of the overview of the Copernicus Programme and its
services.
5. "EU Budget for Growth and Employment â In Focus." European Parliamentary Research
Service. N.p., n.d. Web. 23 Apr. 2014. <http://epthinktank.eu/2013/12/16/eubudget-for-growth-and-employment-in-focus/>.
Description: General information on the conjunction between space policy and economic
growth and job development.
6. "Europe Lofts First Copernicus Environmental Satellite." European Space Agency. N.p., 3
Apr. 2014. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.esa.int/Our_ActivitiesObserving_the_Earth/Copernicus/Sentinel1Europe_lofts_first_Copernicus_environmental_satellite>.
Description: Article published on the launch of the first Copernicus satellite of the planned
environmental monitoring network.
7. "EU Space Research." Europa. European Union, Dec. 2013. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/policies/space/research/index_en.htm>
Description: Links to European Union published documents regarding space program
development.
8. "Space - Horizon 2020 - European Commission." Europa. European Commission, n.d.
Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://ec.europa.eu/programmes/horizon2020/en/area/
space-0>.
Description: A brief and very general overview of space in the context of the EU with links
to documents on European Space policy and Horizon 2020.
9. "Seventh Framework Programme (FP7)." Europa. European Union, n.d. Web. 23
Apr. 2014.
58
<http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/policies/space/research/fp7/index_en.htm>.
Description: Information of the Seventh Framework Programme for space exploration with
additional links to information on Copernicus, Galileo, and the ESA.
10. "Welcome to ESA." European Space Agency. N.p., n.d. Web. 23 Apr. 2014. <http://
www.esa.int/About_Us/Welcome_to_ESA>.
Description: Homepage of the European Space Association. It contains portals to other
informative regions of the website as well as policy-based information.
59
Topic 2: Prostitution
Nations within the European Union have vastly different policies regarding the topic of
prostitution. Some EU member states hold prostitution to be illegal completely, while others
see it as conditionally legal, in that prostitution itself may be legal but other sex trade fields,
such as brothel ownership and pimping are not, or see the sale of sex to be legal but the
purchasing of it to be illegal. Recently, many nations, such as France and Ireland have
made efforts to ban the purchase rather the sale of sex. On the other hand, nations such as
Germany have simply elected to attempt to revise their present sex trade laws to be more
secure and stringent. However, despite the general apparent shift toward the end of
legalized prostitution, there is still controversy in the EU about this particular field.
Much of the argument attributed to the issues of prostitution and the sex trade pertain to
the moral and ethical aspect of allowing women to, in some cases, severely objectify
themselves for the pleasure of male clients. Many argue that these practices are demeaning
to women and harm their emotional and psychological states. Others go so far as to say
that the sex trade is a violation of human rights and, thus, something that must be
eradicated immediately. In addition, for certain nations, such as border regions of the
European Union like Croatia claim that the sex trade causes an increase in illicit human
trafficking across EU borders from foreign regions, such as the Middle East. In some cases,
nations believe that it is not the fault of the prostitute, but rather the fault of the client that
these practices go on. A recent resolution passed by the European Parliament called for
nations to participate in a practice that would punish men for treating women as a
commodity, rather than the women for engaging in the selling of their bodies. As a result of
the conflicting views towards the ethics of prostitution, the controversy of morality over the
actual practice of prostitution remains a hot area of debate across Europe.
Despite the moral objections to legalized prostitution within EU member states, there are
stringent economic and legal benefits to the practice. By having it legalized in full, as
several nations within the EU, such as Luxembourg, do, the government can regulate the
trade and impose taxes on sex workers. The economic regulations on this field can range
from income taxes to declarations of earnings to the distribution of pension benefits and
medical coverage. In this sense, legalized prostitution not only generates revenue to the
government which would otherwise be lost to underground pimping and brothel operations,
but it also protects the economic rights of sex workers who can frequently lose their income
to the owners of brothels who may be pimping them off and often lack health and pension
benefits. In addition, by regulating the trade, fines and charges can be filed against brothels
or independent sex trade workers who fail to adhere to safe practice standards and
economic necessities, such as making claims of profit. Furthermore, the existence of a
legalized prostitution industry may help to decrease Black Market activity, seeing that there
would be less of a need for one should prostitution be legalized.
Beyond this, there is also the idea of the protection of individual sex workers. Prostitutes
are more likely than the average individual to contract sexually transmitted diseases, due to
the numerous partners they will have (between a possible 200-300 a year). Consequently, a
survey conducted by the Delancey Street Foundation found that and estimated 20% of
prostitutes would contract and have STDs in their careers. Thus, EU member nations must
take into consideration this and other statistics regarding safe sexual practice amongst sex
workers when drafting resolutions. Certain member states allow prostitution only on the
condition that a sex worker seeks out yearly health screenings to ensure that they are in
good health and free of STDs. In addition, other nations, with legalized brothels, monitor
the health conditions within these brothels, some choosing to mandate that brothel owners
provide employees with contraceptive devices, and should standards fail to be met, then the
brothel may be subject to fines or shut down.
60
The issue of prostitution within the European Union is presently a very divisive topic.
Nations across the region are conflicted over whether to limit, fully legalize, or ban entirely
the practice of prostitution and other sex-based industries. Thus, when drafting solutions to
this topic, nations must realize the deep divisions in opinion on this topic. Keep in mind that
this is a multi-faceted issue with economic, social, regulatory, moral, and health implications
and several possible solutions.
61
Discussion Questions:
1. What are the moral implications of the acceptance of the sex trade? How do EU
member states feel about such implications? What does the practice do to gender
equality?
2. What are the economic benefits or total sex trade legality versus partial sex trade
legality, if any? Who should be punished, if anyone?
3. What does the sex trade do to/for women? Does it serve as a viable career path or a
negative act on the physical and/or mental well-being of the woman? Is it a violation
of human rights?
4. How can nations who choose to legalize or keep legal the sex trade protect the
individuals involved in it from issues such as STDs and physical abuse?
5. What can the role of borders do to regulate the sex trade and limit human trafficking
of sex workers across EU borders?
Resources:
1. "100 Countries and Their Prostitution Policies - Prostitution - ProCon.org."ProConorg
Headlines. N.p., n.d. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://prostitution.procon.org/view.resource.php?resourceID=000772>.
Description: This link provides a chart with information on the prostitution policy of 100
nations, including nearly (if not all) EU member nations.
2. "EU Parliament Resolution on Prostitution Policy Favours Nordic Model."The Huffington
Post UK. N.p., n.d. Web. 23 Apr. 2014. <http://www.huffingtonpost.co.uk/heatherharvey/eu-parliament-nordic-model_b_4873049.html>.
Description: Article explaining the push for criminilization of the sex trade as well as the
“Nordic Model”, which is growing increasingly popular within the European Union.
3. "E.U. to Debate Making Buying Sex Illegal." Time. Time, 24 Feb. 2014. Web. 23 Apr.
2014. <http://time.com/9190/prostitution-europe-brussels-eu/>.
Description: TIME Magazine article about a lawmaking session in February on the fate of
prostitution in the European Union.
4. "Human Trafficking: The EU's Dirty Secret | Globalization | DW.DE | 11.02.2014."
DW.DE. N.p., n.d. Web. 23 Apr. 2014. <http://www.dw.de/human-trafficking-theeus-dirty-secret/a-17412036>.
Description: Article on human trafficking in Europe and its link to the sex trade.
5. "Prostitution around Europe: Which Country Has It Right?" - The Local. N.p., 29 Nov.
62
2013. Web. 23 Apr. 2014. <http://www.thelocal.fr/20131129/prostitution-aroundeurope-which-country-has-it-right>.
Description: The above link is a news article about prostitution and sex trade policy in
several nations around the European Union.
6. "Punish the Client, Not the Prostitute." European Parliament | News. European
Parliament, 26 Feb. 2014. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.europarl.europa.eu/news/en/newsroom/content/20140221IPR36644/ht
ml/Punish-the-client-not-the-prostitute>.
Description: A press release on a plenary session regarding a resolution proposed to
punish clients rather than workers of the sex trade. In addition, it addresses issues of
trafficking and moral arguments.
7. "Sexual Exploitation and Prostitution and Its Impact on Gender Equality."European
Parliament. N.p., 2014. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/etudes/join/2014/493040/IPOLFEMM_ET(2014)493040_EN.pdf>.
Description: A summary file published by the European Parliament on the implications of
prostitution on equal gender rights and perceptions.
8. "Sex Work." Archives of the International Council on Human Rights Policy. N.p., 12 Apr.
2010. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.ichrp.org/files/assets/412/140_sexual_health_eur_ch8.pdf>.
Description: A document on the rights of prostitutes, namely their access to health
benefits and protection.
9. "Sex Work in Europe." Tampep. N.p., 2009. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://tampep.eu/documents/TAMPEP%202009%20European%20Mapping%20Rep
ort.pdf>.
Description: A document outlining the prostitution and sex trade policies of 25 European
nations over the years.
10. "You Can’t Get Rid of It So You Might As Well Tax It:The Economic Impact of Nevada’s
63
Legalized Prostitution." Seton Hall Law. N.p., 2012. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://scholarship.shu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1009&context=student_sch
olarshi>.
Description: Document on the economic results of the legalization of prostitution in
Nevada.
64
Topic 3: Genetics Research
Typically, when speaking of genetic sciences in the European Union, one is referring to the
creation of genetically modified organisms (GMOs) in food production. Most nations in the
EU are strictly opposed to the production, sale, and/or consumption of GMOs. However,
many are beginning to argue that this opposition to GMOs puts the nations of Europe behind
in the highly competitive agricultural sector, given that less yield is produced by bio-crops
than when GMOs are involved over the same duration of time. With regards to other forms
of genetic research, European nations are becoming increasingly involved in gene-therapyrelated fields, such as stem cell research. As recently as February of 2014, the European
Union invested six million euros towards stem cell research to combat diabetes. The nations
of the European Union are aware of the potential benefits of the practice of stem cell
research and other forms of gene-therapy, however, some still argue against it due to moral
objections and the like
Across the European Union, many member nations ban the usage of GMOs in agricultural
pursuits, fearing that such things are harmful to its citizens. In addition, several member
states also feel that the production of GMOs hinders the economic opportunities of farmers
by eliminating their markets through the production of larger, lower-priced foods. Thus, 10
member nations, including France, Luxembourg, and Germany, have banned GMOs, while
many others have partial and regulatory bans on GMOs. The primary focus of these
regulatory bans pertain to genetically engineered corn. Now, the European Joint
Commission monitors the quality and quantity of GMOs in food and feed through is
European Union Reference Laboratory for Genetically Modified Food and Feed to help to
insure the legitimacy and health standards of GMOs traveling around and into the European
Union. However, despite the general move away from GMOs, some member states still
argue in favour of it, claiming there is a potential economic and social benefit to it by
providing individuals with lower income with a less expensive source of food.
Another area of dispute within the EU over the subject of genetics lies in the morality of it,
with several opinions being deeply rooted in religious practice. Individuals often argue that
practices such as stem cell research and gene therapy are immoral because, frequently,
these practices are associated with using fetal stem cells. Thus, a popular global argument
becomes over whether taking a life before it even begins is worth it. In this, controversies
often end up turning towards the subject of abortion and a woman’s right to choose, with
many saying that, given the fact that fetal stem cells are only retrieved after the woman has
made the conscious decision to undergo an abortion for personal reasons, it should be a
non-issue, and that the otherwise unused fetus will be serving a greater purpose. Thus,
member states must bear in mind moral objections and support to this particular issue.
Despite the ethical and economic arguments that may be against it, there are still stringent
benefits to the field of genetics research in the health as well as the economic sector. In
May of 2010, the European through its Seventh Framework Programme, launched
EuroStemCell to try to help develop gene technologies and explore the potential of stem
cells in combating diseases such as Alzheimer’s and diabetes. Over 90 research labs united
across Europe under this project to conduct research into a wide range regenerative
medicinal techniques. However, this initiative will reach termination in 2014, and, thus, the
EU is looking into new policy to grow continue to grow this field. Several member states feel
that research into gene therapy and the usage of stem cells has the potential to save
countless lives and prevent degenerative diseases that afflict millions across the globe. In
addition, by developing genetics technologies and growing Europe into a forerunner in the
field of genetics, the region has the potential to gain an economic edge over foreign nations
by holding control over specialized treatments to be distributed globally to pharmaceutical
institution. However, a general consensus tends to be that stem cell research in any respect
65
must be regulated, and regulatory policies can often vary by nation, but the question then
becomes whether or not a standardized regulatory practice is necessary.
The topic of genetics research within the European Union is a very multi-faceted issue with
a plethora of consequences for certain courses of action. When addressing genetics
research, member states must realize the positives and negatives of pursuing research in
this field, while also keeping in mind that research is a very broad term that can range from
research in agriculture to research in hereditary diseases. Delegates should be aware of the
potential economic benefits the genetics sector has to offer on a global scale, as well as the
possible economic detriments that accompany things like GMOs, which can shrink the
agricultural sectors of nations. In addition, member states must remember the range of
ethical arguments both for and against the issue. Finally, EU nations must take note of the
current and potential advancements in the field of genetics research and their impact on
society.
66
Discussion Questions:
1. What are the moral objections to research into genetic fields, such as gene therapy
and genetic engineering within the EU?
2. What, if any, are the potential economic benefits of growing the genetics research
sector of Europe? How can projects be feasibly funded so as do benefit all ends of
the EU economic spectrum?
3. Are there benefits to the general health and well-being of the European people than
can arise from extensive genetics research? (Namely into stem-cells and hereditary
diseases.)
4. How is the agricultural sector affected by the production of GMOs, and why are many
European nations stringently opposed to the development of GMOs?
5. How much regulation is too much regulation? How much is too little?
Resources:
1. "ABOUT." ::ENGAGE:: EUROPEAN NETWORK OF GENETIC AND GENOMIC
EPIDEMIOLOGY. European Commission, n.d. Web. 22 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.euengage.org/>.
Description: Information on the European Network of Genetic and Genomic Epidemiology
(ENGAGE).
2. "European CommissionPublic Health." Public Health Genomics (PHG). N.p., n.d.
Web. 22 Apr.2014.
<http://ec.europa.eu/health/screening_genetics/genomics/index_en.htm>.
Description: Links and Information regarding EU genomics policy.
3. "European Union Reference Laboratory for GM Food and Feed (EURL GMFF)." — Institute
for Health and Consumer Protection – (JRC-IHCP), European Commission. N.p., n.d.
Web. 22 Apr. 2014. <http://ihcp.jrc.ec.europa.eu/our_labs/eurl-gmff>.
Description: Information on the EU reference lab for GMOs.
4. "EuroStemCell Connects European Citizens with Stem Cell Research."EuroStemCell. N.p.,
n.d. Web. 21 Apr. 2014. <http://www.eurostemcell.org/story/eurostemcellconnects-european-citizens-stem-cell-research>.
Description: Brief article EuroStemCell and its purposes.
5. "Genetically Modified Organisms (GMO)." — Institute for Health and Consumer Protection
67
– (JRC-IHCP), European Commission. N.p., n.d. Web. 22 Apr. 2014.
<http://ihcp.jrc.ec.europa.eu/our_activities/gmo>.
Description: General information on EU aims regarding GMOs.
6. "Genetic Testing." Europa. N.p., n.d. Web. 22 Apr. 2013.
<http://ec.europa.eu/research/biosociety/pdf/genetic_testing_eur20446.pdf>.
Description: A document including rights and regulations of genetic testing in 14 EU
member states.
7. "OBJECTIVES." ::ENGAGE:: EUROPEAN NETWORK OF GENETIC AND GENOMIC
EPIDEMIOLOGY. European Commission, n.d. Web. 22 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.euengage.org/objectives.html>.
Description: Outline of the objectives of the ENGAGE program.
8. "Regional Issues on Animal Genetic Resources: Trends, Policies and Networking in
Europe." Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. N.p., n.d. Web. 22
Apr. 2014. <http://www.fao.org/docrep/013/i1823t/i1823t14.pdf>.
Description: An article on the regional issues which hinder the use of genetics with
animals.
9. "Regulation of Stem Cell Research in Europe | Europe's Stem Cell Hub | EuroStemCell."
EuroStemCell. N.p., n.d. Web. 21 Apr. 2014. <http://www.eurostemcell.org/stemcell-regulations>.
Description: A list of EU member states and their regulation techniques for stem cell
research.
10. "The Regulation of GMOs in Europe and the United States: A Case-Study of
Contemporary European Regulatory Politics." Council on Foreign Relations. Council
on Foreign Relations, n.d. Web. 22 Apr. 2014. <http://www.cfr.org/agriculturalpolicy/regulation-gmos-europe-united-states-case-study-contemporary-europeanregulatory-politics/p8688>.
Description: An article comparing European GMO regulation to US GMO regulation.
68
General Assembly
Topic 1: Drug Trafficking
The illegal drug trade remains one of the largest black markets in the world today,
accounting for nearly 1% of total global trade. According to the 2011 UN Drug Report, 315
million people aged 15-64, or roughly 7% of the global population, had used an illegal
substance that year. Due to the prevalence of these drugs, this $321 billion industry has an
influence on nearly every UN nation, big or small. Corporations, governments, and cartels
alike use the illegal drug trade to seize power and wealth in ways that often threaten not
only a nation’s economy, but also its political stability. Plans to resolve drug trafficking are
vital yet difficult to enforce, primarily because countries have differing viewpoints on the
legality of these substances. That is, while one country may declare a certain substance
illegal, another may impose no legal restrictions on that same substance. As a result,
regulating the trade of substances between two nations can prove difficult, if not impossible.
One particularly devastating side effect of drug trafficking is narcoterrorism, or terrorism
associated with the illegal drug trade. Throughout the world, drug cartels systematically use
kidnappings, bombings, and high profile murders to raise money and intimidate
governments into maintaining “drug friendly” policies. Corporations and governments have
also been known to use drugs to their advantage. For example, corrupt government officials
accept monetary bribes to turn a blind eye to illegal trafficking. Conversely, private prisons
usually lobby for stringent anti-drug laws to increase the number of inmates they house and
therefore raise their subsidized profit.
While governments play a key role in ending drug trafficking, these efforts are limited by
conflicting policies and views on the drug trade. Countries need to find a balance between
effective enforcement and economic viability, while maintaining human rights. One potential
solution is to teach citizens about the dangers associated with illegal drugs to curb the
demand for such substances. However, funding is necessary to implement educational
programs and is often difficult to obtain in impoverished nations, which tend to be the most
affected by the drug trade. Likewise, enacting stricter anti-drug laws, developing better
border patrol systems, and providing citizens with jobs as an alternative to working in drug
cartels could alleviate the problem.
Alternatively, governments also have the option of legalizing illegal substances. Some
scholars and policy makers have argued that legalization simplifies regulation, as people
tend to use drugs anyway, and weakens the economic power of drug cartels by allowing
competitors to enter the market. In the Netherlands, legalizing the use of marijuana has
been linked to a decrease in usage of the drug to 3% of the population, nearly half that of
the European continent as a whole. Colombia, known for its key role in the worldwide
production and distribution of cocaine, is currently debating the merits of legalizing all
narcotics for recreational use. However, others have argued that legalizing drugs would take
away the power of the government to enforce its laws, thereby increasing the usage of
these drugs as well as the risky behaviour associated with them.
Overall, drug trafficking leads to nearly 245,000 deaths every year and threatens the
stability of all nations. Nations need to devise solutions to fight illegal trafficking and enable
the international community to prosper safely and sustainably.
69
Discussion Questions:
1. How can the United Nations address the prevalence of narcoterrorism and drug
cartels?
2. Should member nations legalize narcotics and other recreational drugs?
3. How can member nations enforce regulations on the drug trade despite their
conflicting views on the legal status of drugs, such as marijuana?
Resources:
1. United States. Library of Congress. A Global Overview of Narcotics-Funded and
Other Extremist Groups. Issue brief. N.p.: n.p., 2002. U.S. Federal Research
Division. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.loc.gov/rr/frd/pdf-files/NarcsFundedTerrs_Extrems.pdf>.
Description: Provides a brief overview of different terrorist groups, many of which
are funded through drug money and are thus narcoterrorist in nature.
2. United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime. "Drug Trafficking." United Nations
Office on Drugs and Crime. N.p., n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.unodc.org/unodc/en/drug-trafficking/index.html>.
Description: The United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime is the primary research
and advisory arm for the United Nations to advise member nations about their drug
policies. This site provides a very thorough overview of the international drug
problem.
3. United Nations Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs. "Treaties." UNODC. United
Nations Office on Drugs and Crime. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.unodc.org/unodc/treaties/index.html?ref=menutop#Drugrelated
>.
Description: The United Nations have adopted three major treaties on the issue on
the drug trade. This link has not only the original text of the treaties, but a table of
which states have adopted it and thorough commentary on the matter.
4. United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime. World Drug Report 2013. Rep.
Vienna: n.p., 2013. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.unodc.org/unodc/secured/wdr/wdr2013/World_Drug_Report_20
13.pdf>.
70
Description: The UNODC World Drug Report is an annual compilation describing the
status of the drug trade in the world. This document is useful for finding countries
that may have the same drug problems as yours or get their drugs from the same
supplying country or group of countries.
5. United States. Central Intelligence Agency. "Field Listing :: Illicit Drugs."
Central Intelligence Agency. Central Intelligence Agency, 2013. Web. 28
Apr. 2014.
<https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-worldfactbook/fields/2086.html>.
Description: The CIA World Factbook has a comprehensive list of countries and the
drugs that the country is most commonly associated with.
6. World Health Organization. “Countries.” WHO. World Health Organization, 2014.
Web. 28 Apr. 2014. <http://www.who.int/countries/en/>.
Description: For a public health perspective, the World Health Organization keeps
comprehensive data about the effects of some drugs on countries’ health, such as
tobacco and alcohol.
7. "World Health Assembly and Executive Board Resolutions and Decisions." WHO.
Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.who.int/substance_abuse/resolutions/en/>.
Description: The World Health Assembly has passed a number of resolutions with
regards to substance abuse in member nations. Since virtually all nations in WHO are
also recognized by the General Assembly, many of these resolutions thus have scope
over member nations as well.
8. Rogers, Simon. "Drugs Use Map of the World." Theguardian.com. Guardian
News and Media, 02 July 2012. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.theguardian.com/news/datablog/interactive/2012/jul/02/druguse-map-world>.
Description: This article is an interactive map that details the prevalence of drugs in
different member states.
9. Chalk, Peter. “The Latin American Drug Trade.” RAND. RAND Corporation,
71
2011. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/monographs/2011/RAND_MG
1076.pdf>
Description: One of the most active regions in the world with regards to drug
trafficking is Latin America. This report from the RAND Corporation, a private think
tank, describes trends and patterns in the Latin American drug trade.
10. “Resolutions and Decisions.” UNODC. United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime,
2014. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.unodc.org/unodc/en/commissions/CND/Resolutions_Decisions/R
esolutions-Decisions_2010-2019.html>.
Description: The United Nations speaks upon the issue of drug trafficking
frequently. The UNODC collects the resolutions passed by various councils for easy
access at the above link.
72
Topic 2: Food Security
Food security, or the degree to which proper nutrition and diet are accessible for a particular
population, has long been a major concern of the international community. The concept of
food security is often interpreted as including both physical and economic access to food
that meets people’s dietary needs as well as preference. By 2050, the global demand for
food will double even though food production may not expand enough to compensate for
the planet’s growing population. Today, roughly 1 billion people worldwide lack proper
nutrition. This number will only increase with time because issues such as water scarcity,
climate change, and damaged infrastructure hinder the ability to produce and transport
food. It has been predicted that crop yields will decline by nearly 2% per decade for the rest
of the 21st century, while demand will grow 14% each decade until 2050. In addition, 25
million more children will fall victim to malnourishment by the year 2050 due to the lack of
food availability.
In many Least Developed Countries, there have been struggles to bolster food security in
the context of rapidly expanding urban populations and declining agricultural productivity.
In the year 2010, The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development demanded that
agriculture be put at the center of a more integrated development strategy for Least
Developed Countries. Although agriculture is the main source of revenue in such states,
food output has not increased; promoting greater food output in turn, could lead to such
benefits as a greater export and trade capacity. Furthermore, because developing countries
depend on developed countries for food and aid, they will be affected the most in the future
when developed nations are unable to provide the resources they have been providing to
this point.
Agriculture is the world's largest industry. It employs more than one billion people and
generates over $1.3 trillion worth of food annually. This essential sector to the global
economy faces formidable environmental issues such as water scarcity and climate change
which raises the risk of decreased food production. About 40% of the world’s arable land is
degraded to some degree and will continue to be affected as climate change’s effects
become more prominent. Often times, the countries that are the most affected by the
worsening conditions are the ones who do not have the ability to adapt to these changes
with enough speed to ensure food production. Overall, climate change has and is making it
more difficult for farmers to grow crops worldwide.
The World Food Summit of 1996 defined food security as existing when all people, at all
times, have physical, social, and economic access to sufficient, safe and nutritious food to
meet dietary needs for a productive and healthy life. Although food security is a stated
objective of agriculture commodity policy in virtually every country, each individual nation
often approaches the issue from a different perspective. Nations need to figure out a way to
standardize the solution of food security worldwide in order to find a solution.
In order to combat these issues, the General Assembly must devise new and innovative
ways to grow and distribute food in ways that are not only efficient, but also cost-effective.
The international community today has the power to deliver food to the 1 billion starving
citizens in the world. All that it needs is a plan.
73
Discussion Questions:
1. How can the overall economic gains from trade benefit those who are most likely to
be suffering from food insecurity?
2. Does globalization lead to the persistence of food insecurity and poverty in rural
locations?
3. How can we assure access to resources (i.e. programs, country liaisons, etc)?
4. How is climate change affecting the availability of food? And how can/are member
nations responding to this crisis?
Resources:
1. "The Global Food Security Index."Global Food Security Index. Web. 29 Apr.
2014. <http://foodsecurityindex.eiu.com/>.
Description: The Food Security is a measure developed by The Economist designed
to measure the food security status in over 100 countries.
2. Globalization Research Center. “Globalization and Food Security.” University of
Hawaii. University of Hawaii. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.hawaii.edu/global/projects_activities/Past/Food_security.pdf>.
Description: This PDF file provides a very comprehensive list of useful research
sources for research on food security.
3. World Hunger Education Service. "2013 World Hunger and Poverty Facts and
Statistics." World Hunger Notes Homepage. N.p., 2013. Web. 28 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.worldhunger.org/index.html>.
Description: This site provides a number of useful facts and statistics that can be
used in debate.
4. Working Party on Agricultural Policies and Markets. "Global Food Security:
Challenges for the Food and Agriculture System." Organization of Economic
Co-operation and Development. N.p., 23 Apr. 2013. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://search.oecd.org/officialdocuments/publicdisplaydocumentpdf/?cote=T
AD/CA/APM/WP(2012)18/FINAL&docLanguage=En>.
Description: The OECD released this report in 2013 describing some of the deeper
causes and possible solutions for food security in the world. Especially notable is the
74
inclusion of very comprehensive data concerning some aspects and possible causes
of widespread hunger.
5. United Nations. "Global Food Security." Global Food Security | The
Secretary-General's High-Level Task Force. United Nations, n.d. Web. 29 Apr.
2014. <http://www.un-foodsecurity.org/>.
Description: This is the UN portal for food security issues worldwide. Not only is
there descriptions of different problems related to food security and possible
solutions, but also news reports relating to the matter, various reports, and links to
the food security status in different countries as well.
6. United Nations Development Program. “Making Globalization work for Least
Developed Countries.” UN-OHRLLS. UN Office of the High Representative for
the Least Developed Countries, Landlocked Developing Countries and Small
Island Developing States, Mar. 2008. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.unohrlls.org/UserFiles/File/Publications/LDC/LDCs_Istanbul_EN
GLSH_final.pdf>.
Description: One of the major issues related to tackling food security on a global
scale is the economic effects of globalization on countries in need, especially the
Least Developed Countries. For this reason, it is important to study and debate
globalization itself in this context as well if we are to produce solutions that help
developed and developing countries alike.
7. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. "Countries." Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations: Country Profiles. FAO, n.d.
Web. 29 Apr. 2014. <http://www.fao.org/countryprofiles/en/>.
Description: The FAO has a comprehensive list and research detailing the state of
agriculture in a number of countries. This list will be very useful in determining
whether your country would benefit from more agriculture, and if so, how.
8. "Food Security & Food Access." GRACE Communications Foundation. N.p., n.d.
Web. 28 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.sustainabletable.org/280/food-security-food-access>.
75
Description: This article provides a brief but thorough overview of the concept and
application of food security for different countries.
9. "World Food Issues." World Food Issues. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.public.iastate.edu/~cfford/342WFI.htm>.
Description: A course provided by the University of Iowa, this link will provide an
academic perspective on the problem, succinctly describing the issues, ethics, and
solutions for food security.
10. "Food Security." Food Security. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.worldbank.org/en/topic/foodsecurity>.
Description: The World Bank is deeply committed to improving the state of food
security around the world. This site is another portal summarizing and providing
relevant details about the problem.
76
Topic 3: Rights of Prisoners and Combatants
While the treaties and protocols of the Geneva Convention has historically described the
wartime rights afforded to prisoners, the wounded, and civilians, the Convention never
acknowledges the rights (or lack thereof) of people who illegally engage in warfare, such as
terrorists, mercenaries, or spies. This omission has led to considerable international debate
over whether such combatants (termed “illegal combatants” in international law) should be
entitled to the same rights as legal combatants.
In many nations, illegal combatants have yet to be considered as persons who have rights
in times of war. In some cases, illegal combatants may take up arms against their own will,
most notably in the case of child soldiers. At the same time, terrorists are also illegal
combatants, and a number of countries have, as a result, used that illegal status to legally
justify their use of torture on the captured terrorist cells. Consequently, debate has sparked
over the balance between national security and human rights.
One such debate currently underway is over whether to ban the use of torture on illegal
combatants. Lacking such a ban, a number of countries still make heavy use of “advanced
interrogation techniques”—the beating, harassing, or waterboarding of prisoners to extract
information. While the use of torture is illegal under the United Nations Convention of
Torture, countries have argued that torture is justifiable if used against illegal combatants,
most notably terrorists. Consequently, the United Nations has been pressured to reconsider
its stance on torture, and may look into the recognition of torture as a legitimate means of
protecting the masses instead of preserving the individual human rights of its prisoners.
Furthermore, countries must consider ways to mitigate the use of “underground” or illegal
torture, either by regulating or punishing the practice.
On a wider scale, prisoners, whether civilian, prisoner of war, or illegal combatant, are
among the most mistreated populations in a society. Treatment problems may arise due to
the actions of prison administration. Wardens, guards and medical staff in many nations
often abuse their prisoners, committing battery, sexual assault, blackmail, and other
heinous violations of the prisoners’ human rights. Another major cause of maltreatment and
poor conditions in prisons is overcrowding. In a number of countries, incarceration rates are
so high that prison overcrowding is commonplace. Nations need to address the prevalence
and implications of such overcrowding. Some proposals to better the situation include
decriminalizing a number of victimless crimes, building new prisons, or devising new and
innovative places to hold the prison population in a humane and dignified way. However,
there must also be consideration of whether these prisoners even deserve such rights as
humans because of all of the conflicting views of nations regarding what it means to be a
prisoner, especially in the face of rising prison costs and high-profile inmates who may have
committed war crimes and crimes against humanity.
In an era so marked by unfamiliar combat styles and enemies, whether the rise of guerilla
warfare or the fight against non-state actors (i.e., terrorist groups), the rights of
combatants on both sides is essential to a discussion of modern warfare. Likewise, the
rights of modern prison population, which only grows as time goes on, must also be
addressed in a world bound by the universal belief in human rights.
77
Discussion Questions:
1. In what cases, if any, should nations be permitted to torture their prisoners?
2. What measures or techniques employed by countries qualify as torture?
3. Should terrorists be granted the same protections afforded to prisoners and
combatants under the Geneva Convention?
4. Should nations be required to regulate conditions in their prisons to maintain an
acceptable living standard?
Resources:
1. “Convention (III) Relative to the Treatment of Prisoners of War. Geneva, 12
August 1949.” International Committee of the Red Cross, n.d. Web. 29
Apr. 2014.
<http://www.icrc.org/applic/ihl/ihl.nsf/Treaty.xsp?documentId=77CB99
83BE01D004C12563CD002D6B3E&action=openDocument>.
Description: This website provides the entirety of the Third Geneva Conventions,
which discusses the rights of prisoners of war, wounded soldiers, and civilians.
2. "A Pocketbook of International Human Rights Standards for Prison Officials."
United Nations, 2005. Web.
<http://www.ohchr.org/Documents/Publications/training11Add3en.pdf>
Description: The content of this site contains all the current UN rules and
regulations regarding the rights of prisoners.
3. Värk, René. "The Status and Protection of Unlawful Combatants." Juridica
International. N.p., 2005. Web.
<http://www.juridicainternational.eu/?id=12632>.
Description: A summary on the current state in which illegal combatants are
treated by other countries and the current protections they are guaranteed.
4. "How the Law and UN Define Torture." The Telegraph. Telegraph Media Group,
01 Dec. 2009. Web.
<http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/1505073/How-the-law-andUN-define-torture.html>.
Description: This article consists the United Nations definition of torture along with
the legal definition of torture provided by the United Kingdom.
5. Haynes, William. "Enemy Combatants." Council on Foreign Relations. Council on
78
Foreign Relations, 12 Dec. 2002. Web.
<http://www.cfr.org/international-law/enemy-combatants/p5312>.
Description: This is a real world example on how prisoners of war and illegal
combatants were treated and points out some pros and cons to the current system.
6. "A/RES/45/111. Basic Principles for the Treatment of Prisoners." UN News
Center. UN, 14 Dec. 1990. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.un.org/documents/ga/res/45/a45r111.htm>.
Description: This proposed resolution to the General Assembly, published in 1990,
expands upon the rights of prisoners by proposing guidelines for their treatment
during captivity, including providing for protection of their human rights and calling
fortheir access to religious and health services.
7. "CONVENTION AGAINST TORTURE and Other Cruel, Inhuman, or Degrading
Treatment or Punishment." UN Convention Against Torture. N.p., 9 Dec.
1975. Web. 29 Apr. 2014. <http://www.hrweb.org/legal/cat.html>.
Description: The UN produced a resolution in 1975 that defined torture, denounced
the practice, and implemented measures in which abiding countries would ensure
that the activity does not occur within their jurisdictions.
8. "Solitary Confinement Facts." American Friends Service Committee. American
Friends Service Committee, n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<https://afsc.org/resource/solitary-confinement-facts>.
Description: The AFSC has published a review of the definition and history of
solitary confinement, as well as its possible health effects on the prisoner and its
categorization by the UN.
9. "International Law." Torture in the World. Cordelia Foundation, n.d. Web.
<http://www.cordelia.hu/index.php/en/torture-in-the-world>.
Description: This outlines the current situation in the world today regarding torture
and how often it occurs in the world as well as mentioning pros and cons to the
system currently in place today.
10. "No Legal Rights for Enemy Combatants, Scalia Says." Washington Post. The
Washington Post, 27 Mar. 2006. Web.
<http://www.washingtonpost.com/wpdyn/content/article/2006/03/26/A
R2006032600819.html>.
79
Description: This article contains information about the Guantanamo Bay prisoners
and what rights they were given by the United States because they were unlawful
combatants.
80
Historical Security Council
Topic 1: Submarine Warfare
Throughout the Great War, Germany constantly struggled with the decision to adopt the
policy of unrestricted submarine warfare. These submarines, or U-boats, were created in
order to counter the British Navy, which was the strongest naval force at the time the war
broke out in 1914. The German U-boats, however, were decidedly lethal, as they could fire
unseen and unsuspected torpedoes upon both military and commercial vessels. These
military submarines were far more sophisticated than any other naval vessel in the world. In
order to match naval prowess with its enemy Great Britain and level the playing field, the
German military attempted to use these submarines during the war. Although the U-boats
were extremely effective against enemy ships, they were used in WWI primarily to wreck
the naval economy of the Allied nations. These ships raided and nearly destroyed the
trading industries of many other countries.
However, Germany was rather tentative in fully implementing the U-boats campaign; the
German Chancellor Bethmann Hollweg feared the United States' response to such an action.
In fact, many of the Allied and neutral nations regarded the submarines as violations to the
international code of war. They condemned Germany’s actions as both needlessly
aggressive and ultimately illegal. Indeed, when Germany finally adopted unrestricted
submarine warfare on 9 January 1917, the aggravated United States quickly ended its
neutrality in April and joined World War I.
The worldwide fear and hatred of the submarines was largely due to the morality, or lack
thereof, of the U-boats. The German submarines violated international policy by
indiscriminately attacking any merchant ship trading with the Allied powers. This fear was
further exacerbated with the unprecedented attack on the Lusitania, a British ocean liner,
on 7 May 1915. The U-boat attack claimed over 1,200 lives, with 128 of them Americans.
However, it was largely theorized that the Lusitania had munitions on it and that its
passengers were a cover for this transport. Despite this, by the next year, the German
sinking of the Sussex, a French ferry, on 24 March 1916 led to a growing sentiment of
aggravation in the war-stricken world. In response to these attacks, the United States and
Germany drafted the Sussex Pledge on 4 May of that same year, which limited and
restricted Germany’s policy of submarine warfare.
Despite mass condemnation by many other nations, the Germans were not the only ones
culpable of war atrocities and crimes. Germany adopted submarine warfare in partial
response to the British economic and naval Blockade of its nation, which caused over half a
million Germans to starve to death. Nevertheless, Germany began using U-boats
indiscriminately, after Hollweg’s order of unrestricted submarine warfare. In response
shortly after, the United States broke diplomatic ties and joined the war on 6 April 1917.
At the end of the Great War, the Historical Security Council is now faced with the task of
resolving the conflict of submarine warfare. It is the undertaking of the United Nations to
determine the severity of these attacks and whether or not restrictions and regulations
should be placed on U-boats usage in the future. Delegates will discuss the necessary
limitations that need to be taken on such warfare, and the extent to which these restrictions
will be held. In addition, the issues of morality and neutrality, of war as a whole, must both
be fully explored. While many nations are internally attempting to resolve these problems, it
is now on the agenda of Historical Security Council to resolve any and all conflicts as one.
81
Discussion Questions:
1. After seeing the repeated violation of international law, will certain leaders be
reprimanded or punished for their aggressive actions?
2. How can the Historical Security Council regulate the use of U-boats in future
conflicts?
3. To what extent can neutrality be preserved—were the German attacks truly violating
of neutral nations?
Resources:
1. Flank, Lenny. "World War One: The Birth of Submarine Warfare." DailyKos. Kos
Media, LLC, 6 Nov. 2013. Web. 30 Mar. 2014.
<http://www.dailykos.com/story/2013/11/06/1253332/-World-WarOne-The-Birth-of-Submarine-Warfare>.
Description: A general outline of “Holland Boats” and an explanation of the
evolution of U-boats.
2. "Germany Resumes Unrestricted Submarine Warfare." History.com. A&E
Television Networks, n.d. Web. 29 Mar. 2014.
<http://www.history.com/this-day-in-history/germany-resumes-unrestrictedsubmarine-warfare>.
Description: A short article about 1 February 1917, when Germany resumes U-boat
warfare.
3. Harris, Brayton. "World Submarine History Timeline 1580-2000." Submarine
History 1914-1941: A Timeline of Development. N.p., n.d. Web. 28 Mar.
2014. <http://www.submarine-history.com/NOVAthree.htm>.
Description: A detailed timeline of the evolution of submarine usage in history.
4. Payne, David. "The U-Boat in the Great War and Its Effect." The Western Front
Association. The Western Front Association, 6 June 2008. Web. 28 Mar.
2014.
<http://www.westernfrontassociation.com/great-war-at-sea-in-air/germ
an-navy/398-u-boat-effects.html>.
Description: A general outline of the impact submarine warfare had on the Great
War.
5. Rosenberg, Jennifer. "Sinking of the Lusitania." About.com 20th Century
82
History. About.com, n.d. Web. 30 Mar. 2014.
<http://history1900s.about.com/cs/worldwari/p/lusitania.htm>.
Description: An article about the sinking of the RMS Lusitania and its worldwide
effects.
6. Trueman, Chris. "Unrestricted Submarine Warfare." Unrestricted Submarine
Warfare. HistoryLearningSite.co.uk, n.d. Web. 30 Mar. 2014.
<http://www.historylearningsite.co.uk/unrestricted_submarine_warfare.htm>
.
Description: An overview of the German perspective and adoption of unrestricted
submarine warfare.
7. "U-boat Attack, 1916." Eyewitness to History. Ibis Communications, Inc., 1997.
Web. 29 Mar. 2014. <http://www.eyewitnesstohistory.com/sub.htm>.
Description: An emotional account of the horrors of submarine warfare.
8. "U-boat War in World War One." The U-boat War in World War One (WWI).
Guðmundur Helgason, n.d. Web. 28 Mar. 2014.
<http://www.uboat.net/wwi/>.
Description: Detailed statistics of U-boat’s usage, types, commanders, and targets.
9. Ulloa, Johan. "Submarine Warfare and Its Influence on Society." Submarine
Warfare. Johan Ulloa, n.d. Web. 30 Mar. 2014.
<http://www.aletheia.fsnet.co.uk/cache/ulloa.html>.
Description: An article about technology and how it affects the world and war, with
a more detailed description of the impacts of submarine warfare in WWI.
10. "U.S. Submarines in World War I." Undersea Warfare: The School of War.
Undersea Warfare, n.d. Web. 30 Mar. 2014.
<http://www.navy.mil/navydata/cno/n87/usw/issue_22/ww1.htm>.
Description: A technical explanation of the submarines used in WWI.
83
Topic 2: The Russian Revolution
When the Great War broke out in 1914, Russia was severely unprepared for such an
undertaking. Despite the Russian advance interfering with the Schlieffen Plan, a German
military operation to quickly win the West Front against France before proceeding east into
Russia, the Germans still managed to push the Eastern Front to the borders of modern-day
Lithuania and Latvia by the middle of 1915. In addition to the mass casualty count during
the war, the Russian home front fared no better. The year 1916 marked various disasters
including the militarization of industry, the shortages of foodstuffs, and the bitter and
outspoken criticisms of the government.
In February of 1917, public outcry finally rose to a dangerous level as food riots and
protests ravaged Russian cities. Exacerbated and feeling deeply threatened, Czar Nicholas II
abdicated in early March. With no government, two Russian political groups began to fight
for control. One group consisted of former Duma members, who were part of a government
institution under Nicholas II’s rule. These people essentially represented the middle and
upper classes of Russia. The other group was the Petrograd Soviet, which symbolized the
workers and soldiers of Russia. The former managed to develop a Provisional government,
which granted more civil liberties to Russians, and took control. The latter group dissolved
in disorganization. However, there were still problems with the new government and with
Russia itself. Although a new leadership had been established, no measures had been taken
to solve the food shortage crisis, improve the quality of life, or even end Russian
participation in the Great War.
As a result, a new group led by Vladimir Lenin named the Bolsheviks rose to power, calling
for another armed insurrection of the newly-formed Duma government. Indeed, in the
October Revolution of 1917, the Bolsheviks led a bloodless coup to gain control of the
government. Lenin promised an end to the war (in the Treaty of Brest Litovsk in 1918), an
abolition of private land ownership, and a system for workers to control factories—
essentially, the beginnings of a Socialist or Marxist movement. The people of Russia reacted
towards this open arms, embracing communism as a solution to fix the seemingly endless
cycle of poverty. However, a minority was upset with political changes and sought a return
to the previous status quo. Thus, in June 1918, a Civil War erupted between the Whites,
loyalists who earned the support of the Western Allies, and the Reds, forces led by Lenin
and the Bolsheviks.
In the midst of this conflict, the Historical Security Council is now faced with the grave
issues of the revolution. The United Nations must determine the fate of the revolution by
determining whether or not intervention is to be warranted—including whether or not an
UN-supported force should be sent into the Russian nation. Other possible tactics that may
be discussed are the use of UN peacekeepers, economic sanctions, or the severing of
diplomatic relations. In addition, the committee will need to solve the social problems
plaguing Russia: the food and job shortages due to the newly founded socialist government.
The delegates must decide whether the council should extend humanitarian aid or instead
ignore the problems in the turmoiled nation. Moreover, debate must also focus on
economically rebuilding the Russian nation if possible, due to both the infrastructural
damage during the war and the general malaise of poverty from the transition between
multiple governments. While the Russians fight amongst themselves, the Historical Security
Council must take appropriate action to terminate these conflicts.
Discussion Questions:
84
1. To what extent should the United Nations intervene in the Russian Revolution?
2. How will the revolution and the length of the revolution affect the world?
3. How should the Historical Security Council help newly formed nations regarding
social development?
Resources:
1. "Documents on the Russian Revolution." Documents on the Russian Revolution.
Marxists Internet Archive, n.d. Web. 31 Mar. 2014.
<http://www.marxists.org/history/ussr/events/revolution/>.
Description: A brief summary of the revolution, which also includes definitions of
key terms and people in the time period.
2. Fernholz, Elizabeth M. "The Russian Revolution of 1917." The Russian
Revolution of 1917. Marquette University, n.d. Web. 30 Mar. 2014.
<http://academic.mu.edu/meissnerd/russian-rev.htm>.
Description: A brief summary of the Russian Revolution.
3. "Internet History Sourcebooks." Internet History Sourcebooks. Fordham
Unversity, n.d. Web. 01 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.fordham.edu/halsall/mod/modsbook39.asp>.
Description: Links to various sources including primary documents written by key
figures during the Russian Revolution.
4. Millies, Stephen. "The Russian Revolution Changed the World Forever." Workers
World. Workers World, 06 Nov. 2013. Web. 01 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.workers.org/articles/2013/11/06/russian-revolutionchanged-world-forever/>.
Description: An article on the impacts the Russian Revolution had on the world and
on history.
5. Ortiz, Dr. David, Jr. "Chronology of Russian Revolution." Chronology of Russian
Revolution. University of Arizona, n.d. Web. 01 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.u.arizona.edu/~davido/russianrevolutiondates.htm>.
Description: A timeline that discusses events before, during, and after the Russian
Revolution.
85
6. Rosenberg, Jennifer. "Russian Revolution Timeline." About.com 20th Century
History. About.com, 2014. Web. 01 Apr. 2014.
<http://history1900s.about.com/od/Russian-Revolution/a/RussianRevolution-Timeline.htm>.
Description: A timeline of events that occurred during the Russian Revolution.
7. Rosenberg, Jennifer. "The Russian Revolution of 1917." About.com 20th
Century History. About.com, 2014. Web. 01 Apr. 2014.
<http://history1900s.about.com/od/Russian-Revolution/a/RussianRevolution.htm>
Description: A summary of the Russian Revolution with specific and important
details.
8. "Russian Revolution." History.com. A&E Television Networks, 2014. Web. 31
Mar. 2014. <http://www.history.com/topics/russian-revolution>
Description: An overview of the Russian Revolution with a video describing the
Romanov’s influence in the Russian Revolution.
9. Smele, Jonathan. "War and Revolution in Russia 1914 - 1921." BBC News. BBC,
10 Mar. 2011. Web. 31 Mar. 2014.
<http://www.bbc.co.uk/history/worldwars/wwone/eastern_front_01.sht
ml>.
Description: A detailed timeline of the Russian Revolution that also encompasses
specific details of events that occurred before, during, and after the revolution.
10. "World War I." World War I. Alpha History, n.d. Web. 01 Apr. 2014.
<http://alphahistory.com/worldwar1/russian-revolution/>.
Description: An article connecting the Russian Revolution to World War I.
86
Topic 3: Aftermath of World War I
On 11 November 1918, an armistice was signed to terminate the fighting of the Great War
and end further aggression between Germany and the Allied powers. With the conclusion of
World War I, numerous problems plagued the world as a whole, covering all aspects
including social, economic, political, diplomatic, and geographic. The Treaty of Versailles,
put into effect in June 1919, would attempt to solve these problems.
In the war-stricken world, many nations experienced a downturn in postwar economics. Due
to both property damage and fierce military spending during the war, many European
economies suffered from significant financial troubles. There was massive inflation
throughout the continent of Europe, with the brunt of it lying on the German economy, due
to the exorbitant reparations it was required to pay. In the postwar world, only the United
States had remained relatively intact; in fact, America experienced a postwar economic
boom into the 1920s. Yet, little attention was paid to the international bankruptcy of the
postwar era. Rather, the problem was left to fester as the blame accumulated on Germany.
In fact, the outrageous reparations that Germany was required to pay in the Treaty of
Versailles ultimately led the rise of Hitler and the start of World War II.
Another key issue in postwar resolutions was the punishment of Germany. In the Treaty of
Versailles, Germany was economically crippled by exorbitant war reparations. In addition,
the German nation was publicly embarrassed by the War Guilt Clause, which forced
Germany to admit that they had solely caused the war. In addition to this, Germany and the
Central Powers suffered many territorial losses, and these pieces of land, through policies of
self-determination, began to form new nations such as Czechoslovakia, Yugoslavia, and
Turkey. In addition, Russia also lost many territories in the Treaty of Brest-Litovsk and the
nations of Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania were born. The defeated Ottoman Empire and
Austria-Hungary also split into many daughter nations.
These new nations, having been recently freed, now face the problems of political instability
that could possibly lead to insurrection or rebellion. Attention and aid from the United
Nations must be lent to these countries—the delegates must thus determine the extent to
which UN-mandated help will be given. In addition, it is still unclear the extent of
independence in these nations. New borders will need to be drawn while paying attention to
preserving ethnic communities and social boundaries. Delegates must be prepared with
their own respective plans for these newly formed nations, both in nurturing them politically
and economically and in resolving any conflicts with bordering countries.
The settlements of the Treaty of Versailles were certainly not the most appropriate reaction
to the end of the war. The treaty was fueled by the embittered and angered nations of
Great Britain and France; however, their stringent conditions were one of the primary
reasons for the rise of fascism and Adolf Hitler. The Historical Security Council will be tasked
with rewriting such a treaty, such that WWI indeed becomes the “war to end all wars.” The
United Nations is tasked with transforming and morphing the new postwar world on the
issues of economic damage, political change, international diplomacy, international
disarmament, liberation of colonies, and self-determination.
87
Discussion Questions:
1. To what extent should the international community be involved in the recovery of
other nations?
2. How should the economic recovery, land reparations, and postwar agreements
among nations be regulated and promoted?
3. Should the German nation be punished for the Great War? To what extent?
Resources:
1. "Animated Map: The Western Front." BBC News. BBC, n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.bbc.co.uk/history/interactive/animations/western_front/index_e
mbed.shtml>
Description: A site portraying the differences between pre-WWI times and postWWI times through various maps.
2. "The Effects of World War I." The Effects of World War I. Suffolk County
Community College, n.d. Web. 02 Apr. 2014.
<http://www2.sunysuffolk.edu/westn/effectww1.html>.
Description: An analysis of how several countries from around the world were
affected by WWI.
3. "Effects of World War I." Effects of World War I. Maps Of World, n.d. Web. 04
Apr. 2014. <http://www.mapsofworld.com/world-war-i/effects.html>
Description: A discussion of how the Great War changed the world politically,
economically, and socially.
4. "Effect of World War I on Each Country." Effect of World War I on Each Country.
N.p., n.d. Web. 03 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.worldology.com/Europe/world_war_1_effect.htm>.
Description: An informative site with statistics for each country involved in WWI
that regard the change in global relations and the respective casualty counts.
5. "The Great War And The Shaping Of The 20th Century." PBS. PBS, n.d. Web. 04
Apr. 2014. <http://www.pbs.org/greatwar/thenandnow/>.
Description: An article connecting WWI to more modern events in history.
6. Kitchen, Martin. "The Ending of World War One, and the Legacy of Peace." BBC
News. BBC, 17 Feb. 2011. Web. 04 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.bbc.co.uk/history/worldwars/wwone/war_end_01.shtml>.
88
Description: Information about WWI detailing the post-war tensions.
7. "Report Shows Lack of Knowledge about Global Impact of WW1." British
Council. British Council, 11 Feb. 2014. Web. 04 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.britishcouncil.org/organisation/press/report-shows-lackknowledge-about-global-impact-ww1>
Description: An article discussing how the world has still not realized the full impact
World War I has made on the world.
8. Rosenberg, Jennifer. "The Versailles Treaty." About.com 20th Century History.
About.com, n.d. Web. 04 Apr. 2014.
<http://history1900s.about.com/od/worldwari/p/VersaillesTreaty.htm>
Description: An article describing the Treaty of Versailles.
9. "World War I: Treaties and Reparations." United States Holocaust Memorial
Museum. United States Holocaust Memorial Council, 10 June 2013. Web.
04 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.ushmm.org/wlc/en/article.php?ModuleId=10007428>.
Description: An article outlining the proposed treaties and efforts of peace that
were made by countries involved in WWI.
10. "World War One - The Treaty of Versailles." World War One. History on the Net,
25 Feb. 2013. Web. 01 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.historyonthenet.com/WW1/versailles.htm>.
Description: An article outlining the Treaty of Versailles and describing its effects.
89
International Criminal Court
Case 1: ICC vs. William Casey
The following is to be accepted as the standard fact pattern of the case; additional research
is compulsory. These facts may not be challenged:
The Soviet-Afghan War (1979-1989) was of primary interest to the United States during the
Cold War. As tensions continued to rise between the US and USSR, the Soviet-Afghan War
allowed the US to weaken the Soviets.
On December 27th, 1979, Soviet troops entered Afghanistan to settle the rivalry among two
factions of the People’s Democratic Party of Afghanistan (the Afghan Communist Party)-the
Khalq faction and the Parcham faction. After the execution of the PDPA leader by the
Khalqs, the Soviet Union set up a government run by Babrak Karmal, a member of the
Parcham faction. This Soviet interference sparked resistance among Afghan soldiers known
as the Mujahideen.
When the United States learned of this conflict, the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) began
supporting the Mujahideen. America reasoned that by aiding the guerilla forces against the
Soviet Union, they would be able to weaken the USSR economically and militarily, leading to
their defeat in the Cold War. In what became known as “Operation Cyclone”, the USA
funneled over $2 billion in money and arms to the Mujahideen in Afghanistan.
William Casey was the director of the CIA during the high point of Operation Cyclone, 19811987. As director, Casey would have been responsible to oversee and approve all aspects of
the operation. During these years, the CIA not only sent the Mujahideen weapons such as
assault rifles, grenade launchers and antiaircraft weapons, but they also allegedly trained
the Afghan soldiers. Some of the valuable training included moving money through offshore accounts, preparing explosives and using coded messages to avoid capture. The
Mujahideen, while fighting the Soviets, also attacked villages and innocent civilians across
Afghanistan, targeting civilians of the other faction specifically in efforts to destroy their
faction of the PDPA. However, it is unclear how familiar Casey was with the ground
operations of the Mujahideen itself.
While aiding the Afghan Mujahideen, rumors spread that the CIA helped to fund Osama Bin
Laden as well. At the time, Bin Laden had come to assist the Mujahideen and he received
training from the CIA as well. While the US denies any such accusations, the CIA allegedly
funded Al Qaeda in the hopes to further the Mujahideen efforts.
In 1987, William Casey resigned from his post as director of CIA due to a severe brain
tumor. Within the next two years, Operation Cyclone was stopped with the defeat of the
Soviet Union. However, this Operation set a precedent for future US funding of military
regimes such as the Taliban and others around the world. Such regimes are the causes of
the genocides and crimes against humanity which kill thousands of innocents today.
For his involvement in funding the Mujahideen in the Soviet-Afghan war and therefore
allowing the Mujahideen to wage war in Afghanistan, the International Criminal Court is
charging William Casey, director of the CIA, with the following:
-Article 7(1)(f): Torture;
1)(h) -Article 7(Persecution against any identifiable group or collectivity on political, racial,
national, ethnic, cultural, religious, gender as defined in paragraph 3, or other grounds that
are universally recognized as impermissible under international law, in connection with any
act referred to in this paragraph or any crime within the jurisdiction of the Court;
90
-Article 8(a)(iv): Extensive destruction and appropriation of property, not justified by
military necessity and carried out unlawfully and wantonly;
-Article 8(b)(i): Intentionally directing attacks against the civilian population as such or
against individual civilians not taking direct part in hostilities
91
Discussion Questions:
1. Was William Casey completely aware of the money being funneled to the
Mujahideen?
2. Can aiding a group hold one criminally responsible for the group’s actions?
3. Is it the CIA’s right to take part in international affairs not directly concerned with
the United States?
4. Can William Casey’s brain tumor be considered a cause for lack of judgment?
Resources:
1. Billard, Robert D. "Operation Cyclone: How the United States Defeated the
Soviet Union." . UCCS, 1 Oct. 2010. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<ttp://digitool.library.colostate.edu///exlibris/dtl/d3_1/apache_media/
L2V4bGlicmlzL2R0bC9kM18xL2FwYWNoZV9tZWRpYS8xMjMzMjc=.pdf>
Description: This paper analyzes the role of the CIA in the Soviet-Afghan war.
2. Chossudovsky, Michel . "Al Qaeda and the "War on Terrorism"." Global
Research. Global Research, 20 Jan. 2008. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.globalresearch.ca/al-qaeda-and-the-war-onterrorism/7718>.
Description: This article connects the CIA to the creation of Al Qaeda and various
terrorist groups.
3. Gossman, Patricia . "Afghanistan." Crimes of War – Afghanistan. Crimes of War,
1 Jan. 2011. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.crimesofwar.org/a-z-guide/afghanistan/>.
Description: This website offers details about the Soviet-Afghan war, including the
atrocities committed by both sides.
4. Kraszkiewicz, Nolan . "Operation Cyclone (1979-1989): A Brief Analysis of the
U.S. Involvement in the Soviet-Afghan War." Academia.edu.
Academia.edu , 1 Oct. 2012. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.academia.edu/2897792/Operation_Cyclone_19791989_A_Brief_Analysis_of_the_U.S._Involvement_in_the_SovietAfghan_War>
92
Description: This article discusses Operation Cyclone, connecting the US to the
Soviet-Afghan War.
5. "Iran-Contra and Arms-for-Hostages Scandals." Iran-Contra and
Arms-for-Hostages Scandals. History Commons, n.d. Web. 26 Apr.2014.
<http://www.historycommons.org/timeline.jsp?timeline=irancontraaffair
&irancontraaffair_key_figures=irancontraaffair_william_casey>.
Description: This website details William Casey’s involvement in the funding of
money to the Mujahideen.
6. Marshall, Andrew. "Terror 'blowback' burns CIA." The Independent.
Independent Digital News and Media, 1 Nov. 1998. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.independent.co.uk/news/terror-blowback-burns-cia1182087.html>
Description: This article discusses the role of the CIA in funding the Afghanistan
Mujahideen as well as other terrorists.
7. Nelson, Bradley. "William Casey." William Casey. US Government Figures, 1
July 1999. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://govfigures.freeservers.com/casey.html>.
Description: This website speaks about William Casey as a CIA director.
8. "Operation Cyclone." . N.p., n.d. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://wininthttp://winintro.com/2e414f28ac5498c4.htmlro.com/2e41
4f28ac5498c4.html>
Description: This website discusses Operation Cyclone and its role between the CIA
and the Soviet Afghan war.
9. "Timeline: Soviet war in Afghanistan." BBC News. BBC, 17 Feb. 2009. Web. 26
Apr. 2014. <http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/7883532.stm>.
Description: This source provides a timeline and details of the Soviet-Afghan war
from the invasion to the collapse of the Soviet Union.
10. "Walsh Iran / Contra Report - Chapter 15 William J. Casey." Walsh Iran /
Contra Report - Chapter 15 William J. Casey. N.p., n.d. Web. 26 Apr.
93
2014. <https://www.fas.org/irp/offdocs/walsh/chap_15.htm>.
Description: This article discusses William Casey’s goals and successes as a CIA
director.
94
Case 2: ICC vs. Saddam Hussein
The following is to be accepted as the standard fact pattern of the case; additional research
is compulsory. These facts may not be challenged:
Saddam Hussein was the President of Iraq from the years of 1979 to 2003. In September of
1980, President Hussein began a war with neighboring country, Iran. The war was the result
of many factors, including border disputes, the threat of the Iranian revolution leading to a
Shia uprising in Iraq and the desire for Iraq to become the dominant nation in the Persian
Gulf.
Months later in July 1982, President Hussein paid a visit to the Iraqi city of Dujail, 60
kilometers north of Baghdad. Many men of Dujail had been sent off to Iran at the beginning
of the war. With the war turning against Iraq and with many men dying away from home,
Hussein felt it necessary to visit the town to regain support for his presidency and for the
war.
On its way out of town, the president’s motorcade was ambushed and a group of men
opened fire at the cars. Although President Hussein was not injured, this assassination
attempt was taken very seriously by the government and by Hussein himself. Convinced
that Iranian spies had attacked him in Dujail, he was committed to find the perpetrators of
this crime. Hussein commanded Barzan Ibrahim, chief intelligence officer of Iraq, to take
action against the residents of Dujail. As President of a country losing a war, Hussein would
not have his power threatened in Iraq. Although Hussein did order Ibrahim to discipline the
city of Dujail, there is no written order or command, as Hussein did not keep written records
of attacks.
In an attempt to weed out the traitors, or suspected Iranian militants, in Dujail, the entire
city was harshly disciplined. Dujail was put under the control of the Special Republican
Guard, under the authority of Barzan Ibrahim. Since President Hussein himself did not
directly command the guard in Dujail, it is uncertain whether he knew of the actions taking
place.
Over the course of one week, 149 innocent residents were rounded up, detained and
eventually sentenced to death by the Revolutionary Court without a trial. Although Hussein
claimed to separate the assassins from the civilians, 1,500 citizens of Dujail, including
innocent children and women, were sent to prison. After years in prison, many were sent to
desert camp prisons as well. Many of the citizens died from the torture at such facilities as
well as lack of hygiene.
Additionally, the town was destroyed by the Iraqi military and Special Forces. Shots were
fired from helicopters and war planes into the city. Houses were burned down, including
water pumps and aqueducts which drew in water to Dujail. This destruction of the property
and of the citizens of Dujail is often referred to as the Dujail Massacre.
The International Criminal Court is charging Saddam Hussein with the following, regarding
his role in the Dujail Massacre:
Article 6(a) Killing members of the group;
Article 6(b) Causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of the group;
Article 7(1)(d): Deportation or forcible transfer of population
Article 7(1)(e): Imprisonment or other severe deprivation of physical liberty in violation of
fundamental rules of international law;
Article 7(1)(f): Torture
95
Article 8(iv): Extensive destruction and appropriation of property, not justified by military
necessity and carried out unlawfully and wantonly
96
Discussion Questions:
1. Are Saddam Hussein’s actions justified because of the threat against his life?
2. Were the actions taken against Dujail necessary to find the traitors/assassinators?
3. Was President Hussein or Barzan Ibrahim responsible for the treatment of the Dujail
citizens?
4. Does wartime in Iraq allow these actions to take place to protect the security of the
nation?
Resources:
1. "Barzan Ibrahim Hassan al-Tikriti." . N.p., n.d. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.trial-ch.org/en/ressources/trial-watch/trial-watch/profils/pr
ofile/147/action/show/controller/Profile.html>.
Description: This website gives details on Barzan Ibrahim’s life.
2. Crawford. "The Dujail Massacre." - Indian Express. The Indian Express, 31 Dec.
2006. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://archive.indianexpress.com/news/the-dujail-massacre-/19772/>.
Description: This website summarizes the Dujail Massacre.
3. Darwish, Adel . "Barzan Ibrahim Al-Tikriti." The Independent. Independent
Digital News and Media, 16 Jan. 2007. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.independent.co.uk/news/obituaries/barzan-ibrahimaltikriti-432310.html >
Description: This article characterizes Barzan Ibrahim and his many crimes.
4. "Iran-Iraq War." History.com. A&E Television Networks, n.d. Web. 26 Apr.
2014. <http://www.history.com/topics/iran-iraq-war>.
Description: This source offers details of the Iran-Iraq War during Saddam
Hussein’s rule.
5. Menendez, James. "Saddam Hussein and the Executions of Dujail." BBC News.
BBC, 25 Nov. 2005. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/4350104.stm>.
Description: This article relates the crimes of Dujail to Saddam Hussein.
6. Rosenberg, Jennifer. "Crimes of Saddam Hussein." About.com 20th Century
97
History. N.p., n.d. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://history1900s.about.com/od/saddamhussein/a/hussein
crimes.htm>
Description: This article summarizes many of the crimes under Saddam Hussein.
7. "Saddam pleads innocent, trial adjourns." msnbc.com. NBC News, 1 Oct. 2005.
Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.nbcnews.com/id/9652810/ns/world_newsmideast_n_africa/t/saddam-pleads-innocent-trial-adjourns/>.
Description: This source outlines the case of the Dujail massacre among other
trials.
8. Tapper, Jake. "Massacre Highlights Saddam's Reign of Terror." ABC News. ABC
News Network, n.d. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://abcnews.go.com/International/story?id=1674089>.
Description: This article discusses many of the crimes taken place under Hussein’s
rule.
9. The Editors of Encyclopædia Britannica. "Saddam Hussein (president of
Iraq)."Encyclopedia Britannica Online. Encyclopedia Britannica, n.d.
Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/277539/SaddamHussein>.
Description: This website provides a biography of Saddam Hussein’s life.
10. "The Public Prosecutor in the High Iraqi Court et al. v. Saddam Hussein Al
Majeed et al.."ICD. N.p., n.d. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.internationalcrimesdatabase.org/Case/187/Al-Dujail/>.
Description: This article outlines the case of Saddam Hussein in Dujail.
98
Case 3: ICC vs. Cato the Elder
The following is to be accepted as the standard fact pattern of the case; additional research
is compulsory. These facts may not be challenged:
Carthage, a powerful-city state and capital of the province of Africa, played a central role in
world trade. Before the rise of the Roman Empire, Carthage was the most powerful city and
port in the Mediterranean region. Conflict between the Romans and Carthaginians arose
when Carthage took control of the Italian city of Sicily. In 264 B.C., the First Punic War
began between Rome and Carthage. In the end, Rome took back control of Sicily and
emerged as a naval power in the Mediterranean. The Second Punic War began in 218 B. C.
and once again ended in Carthaginian defeat. As a result, the city-state of Carthage lost its
control of Italy, Spain and ultimately, its power in the Mediterranean region.
Cato the Elder (234-149 B.C.), born Marcus Porcius Cato, was a powerful leader in the
Roman Empire. A soldier at the age of 17, Cato rose through the ranks quickly as he
became a well-known military officer. In 195 B.C., Cato the Elder was elected consul, the
highest elected political office in the Roman republic.
As consul, Cato took command of the former Carthaginian-ruled Spain. Known for his
cruelty towards his enemies, he took control of many cities and forced them to surrender to
Rome. Ten years after his consulship, Cato was elected censor of Rome. This officer was in
charge of inspecting public morality and overseeing aspects of the government, including
the Senate. Even as censor, Cato held immense power and prestige among the Roman
people.
At the age of 81, Cato the Elder visited Carthage and was astonished at its well-working
condition, despite its defeats in the First and Second Punic wars. He was convinced that
Carthage, although weakened, still had the ability to overthrow the great Roman Empire.
After this visit, his main goal was to defeat Carthage once and for all. He ended all of his
speeches with the phrase, “Carthage must be destroyed!”
When Carthage was being harassed by its Numidian neighbors, Cato made sure that Rome
supported Numidia. Cato was able to use his power and influence in the Roman Senate to
incite the Third and final Punic War against Carthage in 149 B.C. Cato the Elder died in the
same year, 149 B.C., unable to see the destruction of Carthage.
Although Cato was not able to witness the destruction of Carthage, Scipio Aemilianus took
command of the Roman army. After a two year siege of Carthage, in which the
Carthaginians were starved, the Battle of Carthage took place in 146 B.C. The city-state of
Carthage was raided and completely destroyed by the Romans under Scipio Aemilianus.
Women and children were slaughtered during the six-day battle. Every building and house
was burned to the ground, leaving the city in absolute ruin. More than half of the population
was killed and the remaining 50,000 survivors were sold into slavery. This war put a
permanent end to the city and people of Carthage, establishing Rome as the most powerful
empire in the world.
The International Criminal Court is charging Cato the Elder with:
Article 6(1)(a): Killing members of a group;
Article 6(1)(b): Causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of a group;
Article 6(1)(c): Deliberately inflicting on the group conditions of life calculated to bring
about its physical destruction in whole or in part;
Article 7(1)(b): Extermination;
99
Article 7(1)(c): Enslavement;
Article 7(1)(d): Deportation or forcible transfer of population;
Article 8(iv): Extensive destruction and appropriation of property, not justified by military
necessity and carried out unlawfully and wantonly
100
Discussion Questions:
1. Who was responsible for the Carthaginian genocide: Cato the Elder or Scipio
Aemilianus?
2. Can the beginning of the Third Punic War be blamed on Cato the Elder?
3. Does the war justify such actions against the Carthaginians?
Resources:
1. "Carthage." Carthage. N.p., n.d. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.roman-empire.net/republic/carthage.html>.
Description: This article details the history of Carthage from its beginning to its
ruin.
2. "Cato the Elder." Cato the Elder. N.p., n.d. Web. .
<http://www.roman-empire.net/republic/cato-e.html>.
Description: This website discusses Cato the Elder and his life as a political leader.
3. Kiernan, B.. "The First Genocide: Carthage, 146 BC." Diogenes: 27-39. Print.
Description: This article describes in the detail the relationship between Rome and
Carthage and discusses Cato’s role as well.
4. Mark, Joshua J. . "Carthage." Ancient History Encyclopedia. Ancient History
Encyclopedia, 11 Apr. 2011. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.ancient.eu.com/carthage/>.
Description: This website discusses the history of the city-state of Carthage.
5. Mark, Joshua J. . "Genocide in the Ancient World." Ancient History
Encyclopedia. Ancient History Encyclopedia, 27 Jan. 2013. Web. 26 Apr.
2014. <http://www.ancient.eu.com/article/485/>.
Description: This website describes the Carthaginian genocide.
6. "Punic Wars." History.com. A&E Television Networks, n.d. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.history.com/topics/ancient-history/punic-wars>.
Description: This source analyzes the three Punic Wars between Carthage and
Rome.
7. "Rome Destroys Carthage and Conquers from Hispania to Greece, 157 to 146
BCE." Rome Destroys Carthage and Conquers from Hispania to Greece,
101
157 to 146 BCE. N.p., n.d. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.fsmitha.com/h1/rome09.htm>.
Description: This sources describes the involvement of Rome in the destruction of
Carthage.
8. Scullard, Howard. "Scipio Africanus the Younger (Roman general)."
Encyclopedia Britannica Online. Encyclopedia Britannica, n.d. Web. 26
Apr. 2014.
<http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/529059/Scipio-Africanus-t
he-Younger>
Description: This source discusses the life of Scipio Aemilianus.
9. The Editors of Encyclopædia Britannica. "Marcus Porcius Cato (Roman
statesman [234-149 BC])." Encyclopedia Britannica Online. Encyclopedia
Britannica, n.d. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/99975/Marcus-PorciusCato>
Description: This article describes the life of Cato the Elder and discusses his
relation to Carthage.
10. "The Life of Cato the Elder." . N.p., 4 May 2012. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Plutarch/Lives/C
ato_Major*.html>
Description: This source details the life of Cato the Elder.
102
Case 4: ICC v. Leopold II of Belgium
The following is to be accepted as the standard fact pattern of the case; additional research
is compulsory. These facts may not be challenged:
Leopold II (1835-1909) of Belgium was the second King of the Belgians, and reigned for 44
years. During this time, he was extremely focused on expanding Belgium’s territory through
colonization, because he believed that owning colonies strengthened a nation. Through
negotiations at the Berlin conference of 1884-1885, he was internationally recognized as the
ruler of the Congo, an area in Africa which is currently referred to as the Democratic
Republic of the Congo.
In an attempt to colonize an area of Africa, Leopold II established the International
Association for the Exploration and Civilization of the Congo, or the International African
Society. This was a private holding company, which was formally known as an international
organization for scientific and philanthropic purposes. Through this company, Leopold II was
able to hire Henry Stanley, a well-known explorer, to go on an expedition to the Congo
region and establish a colony there in 1878. Leopold’s right to be sovereign to the colony
that was subsequently formed was then validated at the Berlin conference.
When Leopold II founded the Congo Free State, he was officially committed to
strengthening the Congo Free State and improving the quality of life for the people living
there, according to his negotiations at the Berlin Conference. However, much of what he did
strengthened Belgium rather than the Congo and resulted in monetary gain for Leopold
himself. He was very focused on using the country’s resources for economic gain, primarily
ivory and rubber. In order to maximize this process, the government of the Free State
under Leopold II restricted foreign access to the Congo and forced the native population into
labor. Each area had a production quota, particularly for the collection of sap from rubber
plants, and if these production quotas were not meant, severe consequences followed for
the natives. These included beatings, killings, and most often, mutilations or amputations.
These were carried out by the Force Publique, a military group under Leopold II’s control.
Officially, their purpose was to defend the Congo Free State territory. Because accurate
records were not kept, it is difficult to determine the exact death toll. It could have been
anywhere from two to fifteen million, although several historians agree that it was likely
close to ten million.
Leopold II’s regime was widely criticized by several supporters of democracy and human
rights, notably, the Labor Party and the Catholic Party. Due to these criticisms, Leopold II
had to cede the Congo Free State to the nation of Belgium so that it became the Belgian
Congo under parliamentary control, rather than being ruled by Leopold II.
The International Criminal Court is charging Leopold II of Belgium with two counts of
Genocide and four counts of Crimes against Humanity, as follows:
-Article 6(a) Killing members of the group
-Article 6(b) Causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of the group
-Article 7(a) Murder
-Article 7(c) Enslavement
-Article 7(e) Imprisonment or other severe deprivation of physical liberty in violation of
fundamental rules of international law
-Article 7(f) Torture
Discussion Questions:
103
1. Is Leopold II of Belgium solely to blame for the exploitation of the Congo, despite the
fact that he had assistance in founding and governing the colony?
2. Does the fact that Leopold II of Belgium paved the way for the colony to gain
economic benefits from its natural resources after it was no longer under his regime
justify his harsh actions against the people of the Congo Free State?
3. Because Leopold II of Belgium had legal permission, that was internationally
recognized at the Berlin Conference, to found and be the sovereign of the Congo
Free State, should he still be held accountable for any negative actions he took?
Resources:
1. The Wealth of Africa Congo Free State. British Museum, n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<https://www.britishmuseum.org/pdf/CongoFreeState_Students_WkShe
ets_UPDATED.pdf>
Description: An analysis of the effectiveness of the Belgian Congo's government.
2. Stephen, Bradley.The Congo Free State: King Leopold's Plantation. Stephen F.
Austin State University, n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://cobweb.sfasu.edu/sbradley/Classes/homepages/Congo_Free_St
ate/>
Description: A description of the Congo Free State under Leopold II.
3. Wack, Henry Willington. The Story of the Congo Free State Social, Political, and
Economic Aspects of the Belgian System of Government in Central
Africa. Robarts- University of Toronto, 1905. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://archive.org/stream/storyofcongofree00wackuoft/storyofcongofre
e00wackuoft djvu.txt>
Description: A detailed excerpt from a longer work about the history of the Congo
Free State.
4. Leopold II. Soylent Communications, 2014. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.nndb.com/people/036/000094751/>.
Description: A detailed excerpt from a longer work about the history of the Congo
Free State.
5. Dummett, Mark. King Leopold's Legacy of DR Congo Violence. BBC, 24 Feb
2004. Web. 1 May 2014.
104
<http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/3516965.stm>.
Description: A news article about both the positive and negative legacies left behind
by Leopold II on the Congo Free State.
6. Congo Free State, 1885-1908. Yale University, 2010. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.yale.edu/gsp/colonial/belgian_congo/>.
Description: A brief history of the Congo for the time period that it was ruled by
Leopold II.
7. Leopold II. Encyclopedia Britannica, n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/336654/Leopold-II>.
Description: Biographical information about Leopold II.
8. Resource Exploitation. Congo Justice, n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://congojustice.com/current-crisis/resource-exploitation/>.
Description: A description of resource exploitation of the Congo, including its lasting
effects.
9. Birt, Whitaker R. The Congo: From Leopold to Lumumba. Stanford University,
<n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.stanford.edu/class/e297a/The%20Congo%20From%20Leo
pold%20to%20Lumumba.doc>
Description: An academic paper which briefly goes through some rulers of the
Congo, including Leopold II.
10. The Congo Free State Genocide: Circa 1885 to 1912. Religious Tolerance, n.d.
Web. 1 May 2014. <http://www.religioustolerance.org/genocong.htm>.
Description: An article discussing the crimes against humanity that Leopold II is
allegedly guilty of.
105
Case 5: ICC v. Eduard Wirths
The following is to be accepted as the standard fact pattern of the case; additional research
is compulsory. These facts may not be challenged:
Eduard Wirths (1909-1945) was the head Schutzstaffel (SS) doctor at the Auschwitz
concentration camp from 1942 to 1945. Wirths became a member of the Nazi Party in 1933
while he was studying medicine at the University of Würzburg, and subsequently became a
member of the Schutzstaffel in 1934. Originally, he served in combat, however after
suffering a heart attack in 1942, he was declared medically unfit to do so. As a result, he
served as the chief Schutzstaffel psychiatrist in the Neuengamme concentration camp for a
brief period of time before transferring to Auschwitz, where his position was such that he
coordinated the efforts of approximately twenty other Schutzstaffel medical doctors that
also served at Auschwitz.
When Wirths was originally promoted to his position of Chief Camp Physician at Auschwitz,
his primary role was to stop the typhus outbreaks that were affecting not only the prisoners,
but also the physicians at the camp. However, Wirths also had medical interests of his own
to attend to. Interested in pre-cancerous growths of the cervix and sterilization in women,
Wirths ordered several of his subordinates to assist him in his experimentation on prisoners.
This was done through the nonconsensual photographing and amputation of women’s
services. Both the photographs and cervix specimen were then sent to Dr. Hinselmann of
Berlin, who later discovered the colposcopy, a ground-breaking medical procedure that is
still used today. Wirths chose to conduct his experiments on several of the Jewish women
held in block number ten in the main camp. It is possible that some of these people may
have been suffering from typhoid at the time that they were chosen for experimentation.
While Wirths himself may not have been directly involved with the experimentation on
prisoners, he was involved in their selection, which in the past had been differed to
subordinates. Despite his commitment to the Nazi party and the Schutzstaffel, Wirths was
known to be lenient towards prisoners that were doctors, and he in fact improved conditions
on the medical blocks. Strangely enough, he was remembered relatively favorably by both
the prisoners and the Nazi party members that encountered him.
Though his actions with prisoner experimentation were legal under the Nazi system, they
were widely criticized internationally. Being well aware of this, Wirths eventually committed
suicide in 1945 after being captured by British forces during the liberation, rather than face
trial for his actions.
The International Criminal Court is charging Eduard Wirths with one count of Genocide, two
counts of Crimes Against Humanity, and one count of War Crimes, as follows:
-Article 6(b) Causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of the group
-Article 7(g) Rape, sexual slavery, enforced prostitution, forced pregnancy, enforced
sterilization, or any other form of sexual violence of comparable gravity
-Article 7(h) Persecution against any identifiable group or collectivity on political, racial,
national, ethnic, cultural, religious, gender as defined in paragraph 3, or other grounds that
are universally recognized as impermissible under international law, in connection with any
act referred to in this paragraph or any crime within the jurisdiction of the Court
-Article 8, 2(ii) Torture or inhuman treatment, including biological experiments
Discussion Questions:
106
1. Do Eduard Wirths’ significant medical advances justify his biological experimentation
on prisoners?
2. Because Wirths improved conditions on the medical blocks and was known to be
protective of certain prisoners, should he be found guilty of the crime of genocide
when in fact he may have saved some prisoners’ lives?
3. Because Wirths likely never conducted experiments on prisoners himself, but rather
delegated tasks to his subordinates, should he be held accountable for their actions?
Resources:
1. Lifton, Robert Jay. The Experimental Impulse. Holocaust History, 1986. Web. 1
May 2014. <http://www.holocaust-history.org/lifton/LiftonT291.shtml>.
Description: Excerpts from a longer work detailing Nazi medical experimentation,
particularly the experiments of Eduard Wirths.
2. Nazi Human Experimentation. Reduce the Burden, 21 Jan 2009. Web. 1 May
2014. <http://reducetheburden.org/nazi-human-experimentation/>.
Description: A brief discussion of human experimentation conducted under Eduard
Wirths.
3. Auschwitz-Birkenau: Nazi Medical Experimentation. Jewish Virtual Library, n.d.
Web. 1 May 2014.
<https://www.jewishvirtuallibrary.org/jsource/Holocaust/aumed.html>.
Description: Descriptions of several Nazi scientists that conducted medical
experimentation, including Eduard Wirths.
4. SS-Doctor Dr. Eduard Wirths. WSG-hist, n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.wsg-hist.uni-linz.ac.at/auschwitz/html/Wirths.html>.
Description: Biographical information about Eduard Wirths.
5. Weinberger, Ruth Jolanda. The Deadly Origins Of A Life-saving Procedure. The
Jewish Daily Forward, 26 Jan 2007. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://forward.com/articles/9946/the-deadly-origins-of-a-life-saving-pr
ocedure/>.
Description: An opinion article which discusses the medical advances that Wirth’s
experimentation led to. This will be useful in discussing if Wirth’s actions were
justified or not.
6. Lifton, Robert Jay. Healing-Killing Conflict: Eduard Wirths. Basic Books, 2000.
107
Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://books.google.com/books?id=bv8IAqVh8EAC&pg=PA384&lpg=PA
384&dq=eduard+wirths&source=bl&ots=-DuOwoq2lv&sig=TgA74noeQapkrLEHxmLG8ylgGg&hl=en&sa=X&ei=2H5iU9LjEoKiyAH0qoDIB
A&ved=0CEAQ6AEwBzgK#v=onepage&q=eduard%20wirths&f=false>
Description: An excerpt from a book which discusses Eduard Wirths’
experimentation and its positive and negative effects.
7. Völklein, lrich. Dr. Eduard Wirths med: A doctor in Auschwitz: A Source Edition.
Norderstedt: Books on Demand, n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.h-net.org/reviews/showrev.php?id=21470>.
Description: Biographical information about Eduard Wirths. Please note that this
source is originally in German, so please use Google translate or another online
translator to access the information.
8. Beischl, Konrad. Dr. Eduard Wirths and his work as a SS garrison doctor at
Auschwitz. King & Neumann, 2005. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://translate.google.com/translate?hl=en&sl=de&u=http://hsozkult
geschichte.huberlin.de/rezensionen/2006150&prev=/search%3Fq%3De
duard%2Bwirths%26start%3D10%26client%3Dsafari%26sa%3DN%26l
%3Den%26biw%3D1024%26bih%3D672>.
Description: An English translation of an originally German source which discusses
Eduard Wirths’ involvement with the SS as a medical doctor.
108
International Court of Justice
Case 1: Obligation to Negotiate Access to the Pacific Ocean (Bolivia v. Chile)
Background:
On August 6th 1825, Bolivia achieved independence as a state with an access to the Pacific
Ocean, which Chile formally recognized in the Treaty of August 6th 1874. However, on
February 14th 1879, Chile invaded occupied the Bolivian port of Antofagasta, which led to
the War of the Pacific and deprived Bolivia of its access to the sea after Bolivia signed a
Truce Pact on April 4th 1884, under pressure of the continuing military occupation. On May
18th 1895, Bolivia and Chile signed various treaties in with the aim of finally resolving the
pending issues between the two states, culminating with the 1904 Treaty of Peace and
Friendship. While negotiations occurred, no formal access route was established. On April
24, 2013 Bolivia brought Chile to the ICJ for not fulfilling its obligation to openly negotiate
“in good faith and effectively with Bolivia in order to reach an agreement granting Bolivia a
fully sovereign access to the Pacific Ocean.”
Issue:
Bolivia argues that Chile did have this obligation, and did not comply with this obligation.
Bolivia states that the ICJ does have jurisdiction over this case under Article XXXI of the
American Treaty on Pacific Settlement of 1948 (Pact of Bogotá), which both countries are
party to, which states that the ICJ has jurisdiction over any dispute of a judicial nature over
the interpretation of a treaty, any question of international law, the existence of any fact
which, if established, would constitute the breach of an international obligation, or the
nature or extent of the reparation to be made for the breach of an international obligation.
Chile claims that they did not breach any international obligation and thus the ICJ does not
have jurisdiction over the case, because there is no case. Also, Chile believes that Bolivia
has no right to claim sovereignty to access the sea, because no treaty formally stated land
would be given to Bolivia. Also, Chile argues that there is no historical or legal basis. As
such, Chile asks that the ICJ drop this case.
109
Questions:
1. Does the ICJ have jurisdiction to hear this case?
2. Does Chile have an obligation to negotiate with Bolivia regarding sea access? If so,
did they breach this obligation?
3. Would the attempts at negotiation by both parties be considered effective?
4. Does Bolivia have claim to land?
Resources:
1. Pact of Bogotá- Organization of American States (OAS), American Treaty on
Pacific Settlement ("Pact of Bogotá"), 30 April 1948, OAS, Treaty Series,
No. 17 and 61, April 14, 2014.
<http://www.refworld.org/docid/3de4a7024.html>.
Description:
2. “Statute of the International Court of Justice” International Court of Justice.
UN. Web. 24 April 2014.
<http://www.icj-cij.org/documents/index.php?p1=4&p2=2&p3=0&>.
Description: Refer to article 36.
3. “Treaty of Peace and Friendship of 1904.” Digicoll Library. Digicoll. Web. 26 April
2014.
<http://digicoll.library.wisc.edu/cgi-bin/FRUS/FRUSidx?type=div&did=FRUS.FRUS1905.i0011&isize=text>.
Description:
4. "Bolivia Takes Sea Dispute to Court." BBC News. Web. 17 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.bbc.com/news/world-latin-america-22277407>.
Description:
5. UN Charter- "Charter, United Nations, Chapter XIV: The International Court of
Justice." UN News Center. UN, n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.un.org/en/documents/charter/chapter14.shtml>.
Description: The Chapter of the UN Charter involving the International Court of
Justice.
6. Barnidge, Robert. “The International Law of Negotiation as a Means of Dispute
110
Settlement.” Fordham International Law Journal. Academia. Web. 26
April 2014.
<http://www.academia.edu/2007152/The_International_Law_of_Negoti
ation_as_a_Means_of_Dispute_Settlement>
Description: Discusses International Negotiation and how effective negotiations can
be defined.
7. “Sovereignty over Pedra Branca/Pulau Batu Puteh, Middle Rocks and South
Ledge (Malaysia/Singapore).” International Court of Justice. UN. Web.
24 April 2014.
<http://www.icjcij.org/docket/index.php?p1=3&p2=3&code=masi&case
=130&k=2b&p3=0>.
Description: Can be used as a reference case. A similar case that involves treaties
passing around land.
8. "International Court of Justice." ICJ Rules of the Court. The International Court
of Justice, n.d. Web. 26 Apr. 2013.
<http://www.icj-cij.org/documents/index.php?p1=4>.
Description: Defines the ICJ’s jurisdiction and what actions it can take.
111
Case 2: Advisory Opinion- Accordance with international law of the unilateral
declaration of independence with respect to Kosovo.
Background:
In 2008, the ethnic Albanian population in Kosovo, already under a provisional government,
unilaterally declared independence from Serbia. It was the second declaration of
independence by Kosovo's ethnic-Albanian political institutions, the first having been
proclaimed on 7 September 1990, during the break-up of what had been the Socialist
Federalist Republic of Yugoslavia. The legality of this succession was discussed in the GA.
When the GA was unable to come to a conclusion as to the legality of the declaration, they
referred the case to the ICJ for their advisory opinion. As a clarification, the discussion is
over the legality of the second declaration of independence, not the original establishment
of a provisional government.
Issue:
In this case, the General Assembly is asking the ICJ to make a ruling about whether the
unilateral declaration of independence made by the Provisional Institutions of SelfGovernment of Kosovo in accordance with international law. Serbia went to the General
Assembly to argue that this was illegal, because Kosovo was acting outside of the normal
provisions of a provisional government. The case was then sent to the ICJ by the General
Assembly as an advisory opinion as to the legality of the decision.
The prosecution argues that the actions taken by the provisional government of Kosovo
were outside the normal provisions of such a government. Also, they cite General Assembly
Resolution 2625, which discusses the legality of declaring independence. It states that
“Every State shall refrain from an action aimed at the partial or total disruption of national
unity and territorial integrity of any other state.” The prosecution continues that Kosovo, by
declaring its independence, disrupted the national unity of Serbia.
The defense argues that the actions taken by the provisional government of Kosovo were
within its rights as a provisional government, especially because Kosovo was really
succeeding from SFRY, the Socialist Federalist Republic of Yugoslavia, and not Serbia. And
because SFRY had already dissolved, Serbia had no claim over Kosovo. In addition, the
original provisional government was set up to help Kosovo succeed politically, and becoming
an independent nation is part of that.
112
Discussion Questions:
1. Does the ICJ have jurisdiction to hear this case? Is there a more appropriate venue for
this case?
2. Does the provisional government of Kosovo have the authority to proclaim selfgovernment?
3. Did the provisional government of Kosovo violate any article of international law?
4. What does the ICJ recommend in response to the GA’s request?
Resources:
1. Introduction to the case- Continuous cases. International Court of Justice. UN. Web.
27 April 2014. <http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/files/141/15022.pdf>
Description: A summary of the actions the GA has come to, and what they ask of the ICJ.
2. Serbia’s response to the case- Files. International Court of Justice. UN. Web. 27
April 2014. <http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/files/141/15642.pdf>
Description: Explains why Serbia protested the case, and on what grounds they did so.
Specifically see page 189, which explains the limits of self-government, and page 216.
3. USA’s response to the case- Files. International Court of Justice. UN. Web. 27 April
2014. <http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/files/141/15640.pdf>
Description: Explains general background, page 5-32. Also explains why Serbia could
declare independence, see page 61.
4. “Countries that recognized Kosovo as an Independent country” Kosovo Thanks You.
Web. 28 April 2014. <http://www.kosovothanksyou.com/>
Description: A list of countries recognized Kosovo as an independent nation, and their
timeline for doing so. Also includes the statement in which these countries recognized it.
5. “GA resolution 2625.” UN. Web. 27 April 2014.
<http://daccessddny.un.org/doc/RESOLUTION/GEN/NR0/348/90/IMG/NR03489
0.pdf?OpenElement>
Description: Discusses the legality of succeeding. See specifically page 121, paragraph 2
(a) and (c).
6. “Statute of the International Court of Justice” International Court of Justice. UN.
Web. 27 April 2014.
<http://www.icj-cij.org/documents/index.php?p1=4&p2=2&p3=0&>
113
Description: Discusses the ICJ’s jurisdiction regarding advisory opinions. Refer to Articles
65-67.
7. "Charter, United Nations, Chapter XIV: The International Court of Justice." UN News
Center. UN, n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.un.org/en/documents/charter/chapter14.shtml>.
Description: The Chapter of the UN Charter involving the International Court of Justice
8. Advisory Jurisdiction- Jurisdiction. International Court of Justice. UN. Web. 27 April
2014. <http://www.icj-cij.org/jurisdiction/index.php?p1=5&p2=2>
Description: Refers to what exactly the ICJ can have jurisdiction over in regards to
advisory opinions.
9. “Application of the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of
Genocide “Bosnia and Herzegovina v. Serbia and Montenegro”. International
Court of Justice. UN. Web. 24 April 2014.
<http://www.icjcij.org/docket/index.php?p1=3&p2=3&code=bhy&case=91&k=
f4&p3=0>
Description: A similar case, and can be cited as a reference decision by the ICJ.
10. “Judgments, Advisory opinions and Orders by chronological order.” International
Court of Justice. UN. Web. 27 April 2014.
<http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/index.php?p1=3&p2=5>
114
Case 3: Corfu Channel (United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland v.
Albania)
Background:
Just over a year after the conclusion of World War II, an international incident occurred
involving the British Royal Navy and the People's Republic of Albania. The dispute between
the states is believed to have arisen on May 15, 1946, when two British warships were fired
upon by an Albanian battery. Though neither vessel sustained any significant damage, the
British Government complained that the hostilities violated its ships’ right to innocent
passage through international waters, a right recognized by international law. Albania
responded to the United Kingdom’s protests with the statement that no foreign vessel had
the right to travel through its territorial waters unless it had first received authorization
from Albanian authorities. The following period of tense relations between the states came
to a head on October 22, 1946, when four British naval vessels, including two destroyers,
attempted to peacefully pass through the channel. Upon entering the North Corfu Strait, the
destroyers, the HMS Saumarez and the HMS Volage, struck mines, causing heavy damage
to both the ships and the crews onboard. In total, 45 British sailors and officers were killed
as a result of the detonation of the mines. Infuriated by the incident, especially in light of
the facts that the Royal Navy had not encountered any mines in May of that year and that
the waters had been deemed safe by earlier minesweeping operations in 1944 and 1945,
the British government alerted Albania that it intended to sweep the Corfu Channel for
mines. Albania responded by saying that it would consent to a sweep, provided it did not
venture into its territorial waters, which, it stated, would constitute a breach of its
sovereignty. “Operation Retail,” the British minesweeping maneuver, took place from
November 12 to the 13 and discovered 22 submerged mines in Albanian territorial waters.
The government of the United Kingdom, seeking reparations and clarification of the right to
innocent passage, brought the issue to the United Nations Security Council. On April 9,
1947, the Security Council issued a resolution recommending that both states bring the
dispute before the International Court of Justice.
Issue:
After submitting the case to the ICJ, both the United Kingdom and Albania came to an
agreement on March 25, 1948 regarding the key issues of the dispute. The Special
Agreement, as it is called, between the involved states requests that the Court resolve two
central questions. Firstly, the Agreement calls for the ICJ to determine whether or not
Albania should be held responsible for the damages and deaths caused by the mines in the
Corfu Channel and, if so, whether or not Albania is obligated to make reparations. Secondly,
the Court is asked to rule on whether or not the United Kingdom had violated the
sovereignty of Albania by either its passage through the channel on October 22 or by its
minesweeping operation on the 12th and 13th of November, 1946. As this is the first case to
be brought before the ICJ, it takes on a high level of historical significance. Justices should
keep in mind the fact that the decisions made in resolving this case shall come to serve as
precedent for the settlement of international disputes in the future.
Discussion Questions:
115
1. Does the International Court of Justice have jurisdiction to hear this case?
2. Is Albania responsible for the losses, both material and human, suffered by the British as
a result of the detonation of mines in the Corfu Channel on October 22, 1946?
3. Has the United Kingdom violated the sovereignty of the Albanian nation by either its
passage through the channel on October 22 or by its minesweeping operation on the 12 th
and 13th of November, 1946?
4. Should Albania, if found responsible, be obligated to pay reparations?
Resources:
1. "Application Instituting Proceedings for Corfu Channel (United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland v. Albania)." The International Court of Justice, 22
May 1947. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/files/1/1499.pdf>.
Description: The United Kingdom’s original application to the Court
2. "Charter, United Nations, Chapter XIV: The International Court of Justice." UN
News Center. UN, n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.un.org/en/documents/charter/chapter14.shtml>.
Description: The Chapter of the UN Charter involving the International Court of Justice
3. "CORFU CHANNEL CASE." CORFU CHANNEL CASE. N.p., n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://lawofwar.org/corfu_channel_case.htm>.
Description: A summary of the background and issues of the case
4. "Corfu Channel Case (United Kingdom v. Albania); Merits." Refworld. The
International Court of Justice, 9 Apr. 1949. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.refworld.org/docid/402399e62.html>.
Description: The Merits of the case, essentially an in-depth look at the many facets of the
case
5. "Corfu Channel (United Kingdom v. Albania)." » The Hague Justice Portal. N.p., n.d.
Web. 29 Apr. 2014. <http://www.haguejusticeportal.net/index.php?id=6287>.
Description: A brief overview of the case that includes links to other related documents
6. Maher, Laurence W. "Half Light Between War and Peace: Herbert Vere Evatt, The
Rule of International Law, and The Corfu Channel Case." Australian Journal of
Legal History. N.p., 6 Sept. 2005. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
116
<http://www.austlii.edu.au/au/journals/AJLH/2005/3.html>.
Description: In-depth article that covers the background and the outcome of the case
7. "Special Agreement Concluded on March 25th, 1948." The International Court of
Justice, 25 Mar. 1948. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/files/1/1495.pdf>.
Description: The Special Agreement between the UK and Albania – essential to resolving
the case
8. "Summary of the Judgment of 9 April 1949." The International Court of Justice, n.d.
Web. 29 Apr. 2014. <http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/files/1/1647.pdf>.
Description: Another collection of information about the case
9. Walker, Peter B. "What Is Innocent Passage?" Stockton Center for the Study of
International Law. U.S. Naval War College, n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.usnwc.edu/getattachment/5359df24-7c68-4694-8ce8a0b7269493fc/What-Is-Innocent-Passage.aspx>
Description: Article concerning the right to innocent passage and the Corfu Channel Case
117
Case 4: Oil Platforms (Islamic Republic of Iran v. United States of America)
Background:
Beginning in 1980, Iran and Iraq fought each other in a war that affected much of the
Middle East and the Persian Gulf. The Iran-Iraq War, as it came to be called, raged on for
eight years and was responsible for hundreds of thousands of casualties on both sides,
before both Iran and Iraq accepted the terms of a cease-fire proposed by UN Resolution
598. In the later years of the conflict, a series of events unfolded involving hostilities
between the United States and Iran in the Persian Gulf. The first incident occurred on
October 16, 1987, when the tanker ship Sea Isle City, a Kuwaiti vessel that had reflagged to
the United States for protection in the war-torn waters, was hit and seriously damaged by a
missile. The attack was attributed to the Iranians even though they denied their
involvement, and it prompted the US to assert its international right to self-defense. In
retaliation, four US Naval warships launched an attack on the Reshadat oil production
complex, which was owned and operated by the National Iranian Oil Company. The attack,
which took place on October 19, 1987, left the Resalat and Reshadat platforms all but
destroyed and significantly disrupted Iran’s oil production. The situation proceeded to
escalate further, when a United States warship, the USS Samuel B. Roberts, struck a mine
in international waters on April 18, 1988. The ship suffered heavy damages from the blast,
further angering the United States. Again asserting its right to self-defense, the United
States retaliated with another naval strike on nearby Iranian oil installations. The April 18 th
attack saw the Salman and Nasr Iranian oil complexes severely damaged by the US
warships. After the conclusion of the war, Iran, seeking reparations for the damages caused
by the US Naval forces, brought a case before the International Court of Justice on
November 2, 1992.
Issue:
Iran cites the 1955 Treaty of Amity, Economic Relations and Consular Rights between the
United States and Iran as the basis for the Court’s jurisdiction to hear this case. Iran also
argues that the US’ actions in attacking Iranian oil platforms constitute a breach of a
number of the provisions of the 1955 Treaty. Should the Court find that the United States
did violate the 1955 Treaty, Iran requests that the ICJ rule that the US is obligated to pay
reparations for the damages caused by the October 19, 1987 and April 18, 1988 attacks on
the aforementioned Iranian oil installations. The United States, on the other hand, holds
that the Court does not have the jurisdiction to hear this case under the 1955 Treaty, as it
claims that the Treaty does not specifically state that it applies to issues involving the use of
force or self-defense. Additionally, the United States argues that, even if the Court should
find that it has jurisdiction, its right to self-defense under the UN Charter justified the
actions of its naval forces. Finally, the United States also argues that Iran’s mining of
international waters and its missile attack on the Sea Isle City constitute violations of the
1955 Treaty. The US is also seeking reparations.
118
Discussion Questions:
1. Does the International Court of Justice have jurisdiction to hear this case?
2. Do the actions of the United States constitute a breach of the 1955 Treaty of Amity,
Economic Relations and Consular Rights between the United States and Iran?
3. Does the right to self-defense justify the United States’ actions?
4. Do Iran’s actions constitute a breach of the 1955 Treaty?
5. Should either nation be obligated to pay reparations? If so, which nation(s) and what
amount?
Resources:
1. "Application Instituting Proceedings for Oil Platforms (Islamic Republic of Iran v.
United States of America)." The International Court of Justice, 2 Nov. 1992.
Web. 29 Apr. 2014. <http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/files/90/7211.pdf>.
Description: Iran’s original application to the Court
2. "CASE CONCERNING OIL PLATFORMS (ISLAMIC REPUBLIC OF IRAN v. UNITED
STATES OF AMERICA)." UN News Center. UN, n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.un.org/law/icjsum/9633.htm>.
Description: Summary of the background and issues of the case
3. "Charter, United Nations, Chapter VII: Action with Respect to Threats to the Peace,
Breaches of the Peace and Acts of Aggression." UN News Center. UN, n.d. Web.
28 Apr. 2014. <http://www.un.org/en/documents/charter/chapter7.shtml>.
Description: The chapter of the UN Charter that deals with the right to self-defense
4. "Counter-Memorial and Counter-claim Submitted by the United States of America."
The International Court of Justice, 23 June 1997. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/files/90/8632.pdf>.
Description: The United States’ original brief. Useful for understanding the US’ arguments
5. Gordon, Geoff. "Landmarks: The Oil Platforms Opinion: An Elephant in the Eye of a
Needle." Amsterdam Law Forum. N.p., n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://ojs.ubvu.vu.nl/alf/article/view/70/105>.
Description: In-depth article about the issues of the case, and the case’s impact on
international law
6. "ICJ Case A Description: Islamic Republic of Iran v. United States of America: Oil
119
Platforms (1992)." Houston Area Model United Nations. N.p., n.d. Web. 29 Apr.
2014.
<http://www.houstonareamun.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/11/ICJ-Case-ADescription.pdf>
Description: Description of this case from another Model UN program, organized summary
of case with some good questions to consider
7. "IRAN: The 1955 Treaty of Amity, Economic Relations and Consular Rights."
Parstimes.com. N.p., 15 Aug. 1955. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.parstimes.com/law/iran_us_treaty.html>.
Description: The complete text of the 1955 Treaty, Essential to both sides’ arguments
8. "Memorial Submitted by the Islamic Republic of Iran." The International Court of
Justice, 8 June 1993. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/files/90/8622.pdf>.
Description: Iran’s original brief. Useful for understanding Iran’s arguments
9. "Oil Platforms (Iran v. USA)." » The Hague Justice Portal. N.p., n.d. Web. 29 Apr.
2014. <http://www.haguejusticeportal.net/index.php?id=6223>.
Description: Brief summary of the case, with links to other potentially pertinent documents
10. "Summary of the Judgment of 6 November 2003." The International Court of
Justice, n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.icj-cij.org/docket/files/90/9745.pdf>.
Description: Another account of the incidents at the heart of the case. Includes both sides’
arguments
120
Legal Committee
Topic 1: Rights of Persons with Disabilities
The United Nations strives for the equality of all individuals in the world, regardless of race,
religion, gender, etc. It is up to the Legal Committee, then, to determine whether or not
disabled persons should be given the human rights that others are guaranteed. Disabled
persons are, by UN definition, “those who have long-term physical, mental, intellectual or
sensory impairments which in interaction with various barriers may hinder their full and
effective participation in society on an equal basis with others.”
In 2008, the United Nations ratified the Convention on the Rights of Persons with
Disabilities, thereby establishing the first comprehensive human rights treaty of the twentyfirst century. According to Article 1 of the Convention, its primary purpose is “to promote,
protect, and ensure the full and equal protection of all human rights and fundamental
freedoms by all persons with disabilities, and to promote respect for their inherent dignity.”
The Convention holds the countries that ratified it responsible for following its guiding
principles; these principles include the guarantee that nations will grant their citizens with
disabilities the same rights that they grant the rest of their citizens and the overarching
theme of treating disabled citizens around the world not as objects of charity, but rather as
individuals who deserve their own equivalent liberties and rights.
However, not all countries are in support of the Convention, and some of the countries that
signed it, particularly the United Kingdom, only did so with their own special guidelines
regarding which specific aspects of the Convention they would not be required to follow. For
example, the United Kingdom holds reservations and exceptions related to the education,
immigration, and social security of persons with disabilities, and it makes an exception in
terms of the freedom of persons with disabilities to join the armed forces. Poland, also, is a
notable nation that has made an exception to its signature of the Convention: it does not
consider itself bound to abortion provisions that may or may not be included in Articles 23
and 25 of the Convention, for the establishments in those Articles stand ambiguous and in
need of interpretation by the Legal Committee.
In addition, other world powers, most notably the United States, actually have yet to ratify
the Convention within their countries. The Convention is a rather general guideline that
countries follow; it does not take specific action to combat intolerance and other crimes that
are committed against persons with disabilities. Instead, it aims to clarify the entitlement of
all disabled persons to all human rights regardless of what kind of disability a person has,
and identify areas where rights of disabled persons have been violated and must be
reinforced.
It is up to the Legal Committee to determine specific courses of action that will combat the
injustices that plague disabled persons all around the world, as well as determining whether
or not disabled persons worldwide should be universally recognized as equivalent human
beings rather than only being recognized by countries that have ratified the Convention on
the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. A line must be drawn that indicates when the United
Nations can intervene and what kind of action can be taken when the rights of disabled
persons are infringed upon. It is imperative that the Legal Committee resolves the
aforementioned issue of whether or not there is to be any sort of recognition for those who
do not live within the borders of a nation that has ratified the Convention on the Rights of
Persons with Disabilities. National sovereignty is always a major factor in the enforcement
of United Nations regulations, and there are multiple countries in the world that have
121
refused to ratify the Convention because they hold their own national beliefs that disabled
persons do not deserve the rights afforded to ordinary citizens.
122
Discussion Questions:
1. Should disabled persons be universally recognized as equally human to others, or
should they be recognized as equal only in countries that have ratified the
Convention?
2. When can the UN intervene/what kind of actions can the UN take, if any at all, when
the rights of disabled persons are infringed upon?
3. Is national sovereignty an issue at hand when determining courses of action for or
against countries that have not ratified the Convention?
Resources:
1. Benko, Debra, and Brittany Benowitz. "The Application of Universal Human
Rights Law to People with Mental Disabilities." Washington College of
Law. American University, n.d. Web. 21 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.wcl.american.edu/hrbrief/09/1benko.pdf>
Description: This article attempts to demonstrate how universal human rights law
applies to the mentally disabled (one subgroup of peoples with disabilities). The
article mentions specific international examples of human rights violations against
those with mental disabilities. The article also mentions specific international
legislation that recently has been enacted to protect the rights of the mentally
disabled. The article also proposes different courses of action that are meant to help
those with mental disabilities attain the rights/equality that they deserve.
2. "Disability History Timeline." Disability Social History Project. Disability Social
History Project, 23 Sept. 2003. Web. 19 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.disabilityhistory.org/timeline_new.html>
Description: A timeline of the history of the international disability rights
movement.
3. "Disability Rights." Disability Rights. Human Rights Watch, 2014. Web. 27 Apr.
2014. <https://www.hrw.org/topic/disability-rights>
Description: A web portal of news articles about specific disability rights
issues/infringements around the world.
4. Dixon, John, and Mark Hyde. "Legislation (Disability Rights in a Global
Setting)." International Encyclopedia of Rehabilitation. Center for
International Rehabilitation Research Information and Exchange, 2010.
Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
123
<http://cirrie.buffalo.edu/encyclopedia/en/article/24/>
Description: This webpage lists and describes different pieces of international
legislation from the past that were aimed at protecting the rights of persons with
disabilities.
5. "International and Comparative Disability Law Web Resources." International
andComparative Disability Law Web Resources. Syracuse University
College of Law, 2010. Web. 18 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.law.syr.edu/library/electronic-resources/legal-researchguides/humanrights.aspx>
Description: A Syracuse University College of Law web portal that is a compilation
of numerous resources that pertain to international disability laws, regional disability
laws, and the specific disability laws of each individual nation.
6. Kanter, Arlene S. "The Globalization of Disability Rights Law." Syracuse Journal
ofInternational Law and Commerce. Syracuse Journal of International
Law and Commerce, 2003. Web. 21 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=
21&ved=0CCUQFjAAOBQ&url=http%3A%2F%2Fcourses.washington.edu
%2Flsj434%2Fdocuments%2F30_Syracuse_Journal_241.DOC&ei=jnVeU
5qbFtTKsQSZr4GYAg&usg=AFQjCNHrnnQd_7ZMHoOsDtwdaTZGEP28qw>
Description: This essay explores the recent globalization of disability rights law. The
essay is filled with many examples/statistics of the recent development of
international disability rights law.
7. Kuper, Simon. "The next Big Rights Revolution." Financial Times. Financial
Times, 17 Apr. 2014. Web. 24 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/2/23232010-c5d9-11e3-a7d400144feabdc0.html#axzz308VFzM45>
Description: An op-ed that attempts to define the disability rights movement as the
“next big rights revolution.” The article provides some examples and statistics of the
recent international push for the advancement of the rights of disabled persons.
8. "Rights and Dignity of Persons with Disabilities." UN Enable - Convention on the
Rights of Persons with Disabilities. UN, n.d. Web. 12 Apr. 2014.
124
<http://www.un.org/disabilities/default.asp?navid=15&pid=150>
Description: Possibly the most important source for researching this topic: the very
UN resolution within which all of the actions taken so far by the UN on this issue are
found.
9. Silwimba, Felix. "Zambia: Identifying Disability As Civil Rights Movement."
AllAfrica. Times of Zambia, 5 Apr. 2014. Web. 21 Apr. 2014.
<http://allafrica.com/stories/201404070046.html>
Description: A factual Zambian op-ed that attempts to characterize the disability
rights movement as a civil rights movement. The article includes some historical
information about the UN’s efforts to combat intolerance of the disabled, and also
specifically describes the recent legal efforts by Zambia to both comply with the UN’s
Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities and establish new national laws
that protect the rights of the disabled.
10. "The Global Disability Rights Library." The Global Disability Rights Library.
Egranary, n.d. Web. 28 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.widernet.org/egranary/gdrl>
Description: This web portal/library has many tools that help people access
hundreds of thousands of educational/organizational resources on disability rights.
125
Topic 2: Modern-Day Slavery
Although it is a common assumption that slavery is not a persistent issue in the modern
world, the practice of slavery still is, in fact, occurring on a worldwide basis. A broad
definition of slavery specifies that it is "a system under which people are treated as property
to be bought and sold, and are forced to work." Although the practice of slavery is illegal in
all member nations of the United Nations (Mauritania was the last nation to officially abolish
the practice in 2007), members of the illegal slave trade still manage to find ways to
imprison people against their will and sell them to owners who force them into unpaid labor,
making slavery a prevalent issue regardless of the provisions that have already been
established in the last few decades.
The United Nations estimates that there are 27-30 million people around the world who are
presently and unwillingly involved in the slave trade. The slave industry generates
approximately $35 billion yearly, with the figure continually increasing as more individuals
are forced into illegal, unpaid labor. There presently exist multiple subtypes of slavery;
these subtypes include bonded labor, forced migrant labor, prison labor, serfdom, sex
slavery, early/forced marriage, the mobilization of children, and child labor. Bonded labor is
a popular practice in South Asia, where individuals take a tremendous loan from a lender
with the promise that they will work off the debt; these individuals are then forced into
slavery as a result of not being able to pay back the hefty sum.
The Legal Committee must act soon in order to prevent this malevolent system from
growing, and in addition, it is vital to examine this issue because of the shocking growth of
this industry within the past few years. The Committee must create and enact resolutions
that attempt to control the spread of this practice, and must implement resolutions that
target specific regions of the world with high rates of slavery in order to ensure that the
individuals who reside in these regions are protected from the threat of forced labor. An
illegal act such as slavery, however, cannot merely be confronted through long-term or
indirect means, for people around the world continue to fall into its grasp with every passing
day; countries must consider, therefore, direct intervention or military action, even if
national sovereignty and some peace agreements could easily be jeopardized as a result.
The Legal Committee must determine how best to condemn slavery based upon the
provisions set forth by the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and ensure that the
individuals who internationally participate in the slave trade are dealt with accordingly.
126
Discussion Questions:
1. How can the growth of slavery and trafficking be curbed, and in what ways should
the Legal Committee act to curb it?
2. To what extent do the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the Supplementary
Convention on the Abolition of Slavery justify the intervention of the United Nations
in countries that are highly plagued by slavery and trafficking, if at all?
3. As slavery and trafficking are grave crimes against the personal liberties of human
beings, in what ways should administrators of the slave trade be punished for their
actions, if at all?
Resources:
1. Bales, Kevin. "Defining and Measuring Modern Slavery." Freetheslaves.net.
Freetheslaves.net, 2007. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.freetheslaves.net/Document.Doc?id=21>
Description: This short article provides a specific definition of modern slavery. It
also tries to measure/pinpoint the exact number of humans who are currently
enslaved in the world.
2. Bell, Jessica. "Contemporary Slavery and International Law." Human Rights &
Human Welfare. University of Denver, n.d. Web. 22 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.du.edu/korbel/hrhw/researchdigest/slavery/law.pdf>
Description: This short essay describes some of the many international efforts
within the past 100 years that have tried to combat/eradicate the practice of slavery.
3. "Findings - Global Slavery Index 2013." Walk Free Foundation Global Slavery
Index 2013. Walk Free Foundation, n.d. Web. 26 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.globalslaveryindex.org/findings/>.
Description: The Global Slavery Index finds and publishes a variety of statistical
analyses in order to spread awareness about the prevalence of slavery today. This
webpage documents its findings.
4. Hardy, Quentin. "Global Slavery, by the Numbers." The New York Times. The
New York Times, 6 Mar. 2013. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://bits.blogs.nytimes.com/2013/03/06/global-slavery-by-thenumbers/?_php=true&_type=blogs&_r=0>
Description: This article provides some important statistics about modern global
slavery.
5. IRINnews. "Bangladesh: The Modern Face of Slavery." IRINnews. UN Office for
127
the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs, 7 Aug. 2009. Web. 24 Apr.
2014.
<http://www.irinnews.org/report/85617/bangladesh-the-modern-faceof-slavery>
Description: This article provides an example of a country that is currently
embattled with a slavery epidemic - Bangladesh. It describes Bangladesh as the
“modern face of slavery.”
6. Kristine, Lisa. "Slavery Still Exists." The Atlantic. Atlantic Media Company, 26
Sept. 2012. Web. 22 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.theatlantic.com/international/archive/2012/09/slaverystill-exists/262847/>
Description: This article provides photographs of modern slavery and human
trafficking from around the world.
7. "Supplementary Convention on the Abolition of Slavery, the Slave Trade, and
Institutions and Practices Similar to Slavery." Office of the High
Commissioner for Human Rights. OHCHR, 2012. Web. 21 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.ohchr.org/EN/ProfessionalInterest/Pages/SupplementaryC
onventionAbolitionOfSlavery.aspx>
Description: The actual text of the 1957 UN Supplementary Convention on the
Abolition of Slavery.
8. Villanueva Siasoco, Ricco. "Modern Slavery." Infoplease. Infoplease, 18 Apr.
2001. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.infoplease.com/spot/slavery1.html>
Description: This article talks about some different scenarios/types of slavery from
around the world, such as “chattel slavery in Sudan” and “shackled laborers in
Pakistan.”
9. "What Is Forced Labour?" Antislavery.org. Anti-Slavery International, n.d. Web.
25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.antislavery.org/english/slavery_today/forced_labour.aspx>
Description: This webpage defines the practice of forced labor. It also describes
128
why slavery has been occurring in the modern world, where the slavery issue has
been the most prevalent, and how large the slavery issue has become. It contains
different stories of people who have been enslaved in the past, and it describes some
of the international anti-slavery laws that have been enacted. In addition, the
webpage has many different publications/studies that it has created in order to
demonstrate the impact of slavery on the modern world.
10. "What Is Modern Slavery?" U.S. Department of State. U.S. Department of
State, n.d. Web. 25 Apr. 2014. <http://www.state.gov/j/tip/what/>
Description: This webpage provides a specific definition of what contemporary
slavery is. It also defines and describes a few subtypes of modern slavery.
129
Topic 3: International Aviation Laws
On March 8th, 2014, Malaysia Airlines Flight 370 was on its way from Kuala Lumpur,
Malaysia, to Beijing, China, when it disappeared off radar screens entirely and was never to
be seen again. After nearly a month of searching for the flight’s remains and finding no
substantial traces of the flight’s remains, the Malaysian Prime Minister declared that there
were no survivors from Flight 370; the search has now been focused on locating one of the
plane’s two black boxes that could lend forensics teams evidence pertaining to why the
flight disappeared and crashed. This internationally recognized catastrophe raises major
concerns for international aviation law, and brings to light the necessity for the Legal
Committee to determine what safety and preventative measures can be implemented on a
global scale and how these measures can be implemented without impeding upon national
sovereignty, etc.
The Tokyo Convention in particular is of great importance to the international community,
for it deals not only with the protection of passengers on-board flights, but also with the
overall safety of passengers from terrorist-like actions that currently have many living in
fear of hijackings. That being said, strong protective measures have been implemented in
multiple countries across the globe as a result of the hijackings that took place on
September 11th, 2001, just before the attacks on the World Trade Center in the United
States of America. All of this is important information to consider when inspecting civil
aviation laws, for these laws are just broad guidelines that countries adhere to and that
have remained unamended for decades. People are naturally fearful of incidents similar to
those that took place on September 11th, 2001, and March 8th, 2014, and they have every
right to feel such a way; it is the Legal Committee’s obligation and responsibility to
determine how best to handle and implement both old and new international aviation
regulations in order to eventually relieve international citizens of these fears.
This topic is one of noteworthy significance in the Legal Committee because it ushers in a
multifaceted yet commonplace area of international life that requires countries as a group to
consider the likelihood of stricter regulations for the protection of the persons and properties
associated with current aviation laws, especially during modern times when extremist
groups are constantly threatening the safety of international airways. Nations in the Legal
committee will also have to consider the possibility of stricter safety regulations on the
manufacture of civilian aircrafts and how such regulations could be implemented on the
private corporations that create the aircrafts that commercial airlines utilize. Any regulation
or protective measure made in the direction of overall passenger and flight safety is almost
always expensive, as well, so it becomes imperative during trying, modern times that the
Legal Committee also figures out effective yet relatively cheap safety and preventative
methods and measures so that the economic aspect of an airline is not severely damaged
by the necessity of safety being a top priority for the general international population.
130
Discussion Questions:
1. Are stricter regulations necessarily better for the protection of people and properties
on board aircraft?
2. Should the manufacture of aircraft by private organizations be considered by the
Legal Committee?
3. In what ways can aviation and the precautionary rules and regulations involved with
it be made cheaper for the benefit of all nations?
Resources:
1. Brent, Fiol & Nolan LLP. "Legal Issues Surrounding Malaysia Airlines Flight
MH370."Brent, Fiol & Nolan LLP. Brent, Fiol & Nolan LLP, 10 Apr. 2014.
Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.bfnlaw.com/resources/legal-issues-surrounding-malaysiaairlines-flight-mh370.html>
Description: This article explores the current legal issues surrounding the
disappearance of Malaysian Airlines Flight MH370. The article also demonstrates how
international aviation laws apply to the situation.
2. "Convention on International Civil Aviation." Space Law - University of
Mississippi. N.p., n.d. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.spacelaw.olemiss.edu/library/aviation/IntAgr/multilateral/
1944_chicago_convention.pdf>
Description: This link provides the full text of the 1944 Chicago Convention. This
Convention is one of the most important international treaties that pertains to
aviation law.
3. "Convention on Offences and Certain Other Acts Committed on Board Aircraft."
International Civil Aviation Organization. United Nations, n.d. Web. 24
Apr. 2014.
<https://treaties.un.org/doc/db/Terrorism/Conv1-english.pdf>
Description: This link provides the full text of the 1963 Tokyo Convention. This
Convention is another one of the most important international treaties that pertains
to aviation law.
4. Ellis, Jessica, and Bronwyn Harris. "What Is Aviation Law?" WiseGeek.
Conjecture Corporation, 27 Mar. 2014. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-aviation-law.htm>
131
Description: Ellis and Harris give a general overview of aviation law and its multiple
facets, making it easier to understand and put into perspective.
5. HG.org. "Aviation Law." HG.org. HG.org, 2014. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.hg.org/aviation-law.html>
Description: This comprehensive webpage gives a broad definition of the practice of
aviation law. It also provides links to different articles that talk about aviation laws.
It also provides links to different international organizations that directly deal with
aviation law.
6. IATA. "IATA Policy on Key Aviation Issues." International Air Transport
Association. IATA, 2014. Web. 24 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.iata.org/policy/Pages/default.aspx>
Description: The International Air Transport Association is the trade association of
airlines. This page in particular covers multiple noteworthy categories of international
aviation law that do not normally come to mind when considering this topic.
7. "International Air Agreements." Oklahoma City University School of Law.
Oklahoma City University School of Law, 6 Oct. 2013. Web. 30 Apr.
2014.
<http://law.okcu.libguides.com/content.php?pid=317817>
Description: This database provides plenty of resources (such as blogs, books,
research guides, and academic journals) to help people understand the basics of
international aviation law.
8. "International Civil Aviation Organization." International Civil Aviation
Organization. ICAO, 2014. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.icao.int/Pages/default.aspx>
Description: This is the website of the International Civil Aviation Organization,
which is the UN’s agency that develops and enforces international aviation laws. It is
a valuable resource for both finding information on current international aviation
laws and seeing what the international community’s objectives are for the future in
terms of aviation law.
9. "Public International Air Law." Institute of Air & Space Law. McGill University,
14 Apr. 2014. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<https://www.mcgill.ca/iasl/courses/aspl633>
132
Description: This McGill University course syllabus actually provides some good
links to help you understand the different aspects of international aviation law. There
are other links on the left side of the page which can help you attain
a deeper understanding of the specifics of international aviation law.
10. USLegal. "International Aviation Law." USLegal. US Legal, 2014. Web. 30 Apr.
2014. <http://aviation.uslegal.com/international-aviation-law/>
Description: This webpage quickly defines international aviation law. It also lists
and explains some of the international conventions and organizations that deal with
aviation law.
133
Nation Building Committee
Topic: The Vietnam War (1968)
The region of Vietnam, formerly known as French Indochina, was under French colonial
control for decades before the mass chaos brought by World War II. France exploited its
colonists through economic gains and agricultural development in the country, which led to
rising tension between the indigenous and colonial governments. The country was occupied
by the Axis Powers of Germany and Japan during the world war, and when the fighting
concluded, the nation was left in authoritative limbo. While Japan admitted defeat and
recognized the provisional government of Ho Chi Minh as the official government of
Vietnam, the French maintained control over the country with help from the Chinese
Nationalist party. These discrepancies led to the First Indochina War between these two
sides in 1946, which consisted of a few minor skirmishes and culminated in Viet Minh victory
at the Battle of Dien Bien Phu.
To secure peace in the divided nation of Indochina, a global peace conference was organized
in Switzerland in 1954, and from it emerged the Geneva Accords. This agreement provided
for a temporary division of Vietnam at the 17th parallel for two years to quell military
tensions while the country as a whole voted for a new government system. While this plan
remained in place, the two regimes of the northern and southern halves of the country
shifted further and further from reunification, as the new leader of South Vietnam, Ngo Dinh
Diem, came to power. With American support, Diem launched aggressive anti-communist
campaigns and developed the illusion of a democratic republic while implementing
oppressive and autocratic policies which damaged his relationship with his people.
Meanwhile, Ho Chi Minh and his communist “worker’s party” developed a government in
North Vietnam similar to the ones in the USSR and in China at the time, and with the United
States lined up against the USSR and communist China, war between the conflicting
ideologies of communism and capitalism was imminent.
The United States continued to send aid to South Vietnam as conflict heightened between
the South and the Vietcong, the army of Ho Chi Minh’s communist northern system. The
first attack on U.S. ships in international waters was known as the Gulf of Tonkin Incident.
The U.S. congress responded to this incident with the Gulf of Tonkin Resolution. This
resolution gave President Lyndon Johnson the ability to escalate the United State’s
involvement in Vietnam. The president used this authority to send the first ground troops
to Vietnam in March of 1965. Johnson’s plan for the United States was not to win the war
but rather to aid South Vietnamese forces until they could take over. Since the U.S. did not
have a plan to win, they found themselves facing a very difficult time overcoming North
Vietnam and the Vietcong.
The South Vietnamese military proved to be incapable of proving security after several
attacks. In March of 1965, 3,500 Marines were sent to South Vietnam, marking the start of
America's war on the ground. The United States decided to take a more defensive stance
rather than offensive, a stance they were not well suited for. Communist forces were
mostly known for their hit-and-run guerilla war tactics. These tactics were successful in
defeating the South Vietnamese in the Battle of Bình Giã (1964) and the Battle of Đồng Xoài
(1965).
It is now the Nation Building Committee’s duty and responsibility to resolve the conflict in
the most efficient, effective, and peaceful way. NBC’s resolution process will begin and take
place in early 1968. The was the point of the war with the highest tension and intensity. It
is our committee’s responsibility to find a solution to the conflict while also prevent the
conflict from occurring again. This includes determining how to end the ongoing war and
134
also whether to reunite North and South Vietnam or establish two separate nations. It is
also important to keep in mind the separate goals of each country involved and how they
can be accounted for. With the help of each delegate and the countries they represent, the
conflict should be resolved.
135
Discussion Questions:
General:
1. Do countries outside of Southeast Asia have the right to partake in this war in any
way possible? If so, in what way? If not, why?
2. Should South and North Vietnam by reunified as one or become separate nations?
Why?
3. Describe what you believe to be the goal of your country coming into this
conference.
Economics and Finance:
1. What are the economic repercussions of the war in relation to your country, whether
direct or indirect?
2. Is there any economic action that the U.N. should take to bring the war closer to its
end?
3. What is your country’s stance on reparation payments after the war’s conclusion?
Should intervening countries have to pay countries whose land and infrastructure
was destroyed? What economic role does the U.N. hold in the Vietnam recovery
process?
Political and Legal:
1. What is the role of the U.N. in reconstructing the Vietnamese government(s)? How
can we curb the political corruption that has been occurring since before the war?
2. If the regions are fused into one country at the end of the war, where should the
Vietnamese government system fall on the communist-capitalist spectrum, in your
country’s view? Why?
3. What immediate improvements should be made to the temporary wartime
governments of the two regions? How can the U.N. enforce these new laws?
Security Council:
1. Does this war call for intervention of U.N. military forces to quell the conflict? If so,
in what way? If not, how can we still assure peace in the long run?
2. Should war crimes be assessed to the use of inhumane or environmentally
detrimental battle tactics such as “agent orange”? If so, how can the U.N. enforce
these laws?
3. How can the U.N. assure the safety of innocent neighboring countries?
Social and Humanitarian:
1. What aid can the U.N. offer to innocent Vietnamese citizens affected by the war?
2. How can the U.N. regulate the transfer of citizens from South Vietnam to North and
vice versa?
3. What is the role of the U.N. in controlling war refugees who are fleeing to other
countries?
4. How can the U.N. deal with the environmental devastation of the war in Vietnam, as
well as the socially harmful chemicals used in warfare that still present harm to
citizens?
Resources:
1. Llewellyn, Jennifer. "French Colonialism in Vietnam." Alpha History. N.p., n.d. Web.
19 Apr. 2014.
136
<http://alphahistory.com/vietnam/french-colonialism-in-vietnam/>.
Description: Background about French involvement in Vietnam and history of the
region prior to the war.
2. Green, John. "The Cold War in Asia: Crash Course US History #38." YouTube.
Crash Course, 15 Nov. 2013. Web. 21 Apr. 2014.
<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y2IcmLkuhG0>.
Description: Video explaining U.S. involvement in Cold War around the world during
Vietnam war.
3. Nelson, Cary. "About the Vietnam War." Modern American Poetry. U of Illinois, n.d.
Web. 20 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.english.illinois.edu/maps/vietnam/vietnamwar.htm>.
Description: Website with many reliable sources and a global perspective on the war.
4. "Vietnam Online." American Experience. PBS, n.d. Web. 21 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/amex/vietnam/>.
Description: Extensive site with timeline of war, also has interesting videos about the
war to get a better idea of battle and role of involved countries.
5. "Vietnam War - A History of the Vietnam War." About.com 20th Century History.
N.p., n.d. Web. 22 Apr. 2014.
<http://history1900s.about.com/od/vietnamwar/a/vietnamwar.htm>.
Description: General unbiased information about the war.
6. Spector, Ronald H. "Vietnam War (1954-75)." Encyclopedia Britannica Online.
Encyclopedia Britannica, n.d. Web. 24 Apr. 2014.
Description: General information about the war.
7. Goldstein, Joshua S. "War and Economic History." Joshua Goldstein. Oxford
University Press, 06 Aug. 2003. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.joshuagoldstein.com/jgeconhi.htm>.
Description: Economic view of the war from Oxford Professor.
8. "Agent Orange." Public Health. U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, n.d. Web. 24
137
Apr. 2014. <http://www.publichealth.va.gov/exposures/agentorange/>.
Description: Information about the newfound chemical “agent orange”, used often
during the war.
9. Moise, Edwin E. "The Geneva Accords." VN Wars: First Indochina War. Clemson
University, 4 Nov. 1998. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.clemson.edu/caah/history/FacultyPages/EdMoise/viet4.html>.
Description: Thorough review and analysis of the influential Geneva Accords of 1954.
10. The Vietnam War - Common Tactics. Adapt. Jonny Jozie. YouTube. YouTube, 27
Aug. 2008. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Yl8-dAPCQmQ>.
Description: A video showing the war tactics of both sides of the war.
138
Non-Governmental Forum
Agenda Point 1: Food, Health, and Water
The United Nations has been, and forever will be, committed to its founding principle that all
human beings are entitled to food, water, and good health. However, the ever-present
challenge of allocating food and water, and administering health care to developing regions
has only become more entrenched. Climate change, misuse of land and resources, along
with the lack of education and ease of access have along made the prospect of ending
poverty and world hunger even more difficult. Today, the United Nations Food and
Agriculture Organization estimates that nearly 842 million people suffer from chronic
undernourishment. The Hunger Project projects that over 1.7 billion people lack access to
clean water. Furthermore, countless number of people in undeveloped and developed
nations alike lack access to medical facilities and medicine. The SGNGOF must move to
ensure that the prudent steps are taken in order to address these pressing global issues.
Water is life. Without water, people cannot survive, crops cannot be sustained, and any
development of any kind cannot be attained. There are two main fronts to take into
consideration when addressing the problem of water: availability and contamination. As
previously mentioned, 1.7 billion people lack access to clean water. An additional 2.3 billion
people suffer from water-borne disease from poor sanitation each year. These people are
caught in situations and circumstances which the infrastructure in the region is undeveloped
or non-existent. Water infrastructure must be a priority if the United Nations is to stop
global thirst. The other issue at hand is the contamination of the fresh water supply already
available at existing sources. Industrial/commercial waste and externalities are already
poisoning man’s finite amount of freshwater. The NGF must move to first create and
expanding the existing infrastructure to ensure that it has ready access whenever and
wherever demanded, and stop the current stream of pollutants that is now entering our
water supply.
Lack of water infrastructure is also a major contributing factor to world hunger. Without the
proper irrigation facilities, nations cannot hope to escape the cycle of subsistence
agriculture. As of the most recent figures, 552 of the 842 million people that starve every
day are in Asia, 223 million people are in Sub-Saharan Africa, and 47 million people are in
Latin America and the Caribbean. Additionally, 50 percent of all hungry families depend on
farming to make a living. But the most important statistic is that 98 percent of the world’s
undernourished people live in developing countries. This number alone is a testament that
world hunger can be addressed through improved technology, education, and methodology.
Mankind’s knowledge has allowed him to create even more produce with even less
resources. Research and development of new technology has allowed mankind to boost its
produce in existing by factors of three, of four. These artificial agricultural skills and tools
can be taught, and can be spread. The NGF should attack world hunger on these three
fronts.
But though food and water take millions of lives every year, in the end disease takes the
balance. Even though mankind’s longevity has been extended by decades with the advent of
modern medicine, the inequality of mankind’s collective nature is significantly noticeable
amongst denominations and areas in that lack the means of obtaining the most basic
medical assistance. A third of the human population lacks access to basic medicine.
Furthermore, 40 percent of all pregnancies are not in the presence of qualified medical
professionals.
Saving human lives is a burden of responsibility that the United Nations must bear. With the
139
elimination of these three global issues the world will become a better place, one without
conflict, suffering, and torment.
140
Questions:
1. Identify what methods and strategies your Non-Governmental Organization undertakes in
the fight against world hunger, water availability, and heath care.
2. How does your NGO combat the issues of hunger, thirst, and health?
3. What committees will you focus on at conference to advocate United Nations action?
Resources:
1. "2013 World Hunger and Poverty Facts and Statistics." Worldhunger.org. World Hunger
Education Service, n.d. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http%3A%2F%2Fwww.worldhunger.org%2Farticles%2FLearn%2Fworld%2520hung
er%2520facts%25202002.htm>.
Description: This research paper complied from multiple sources (see bibliography at the
bottom) will give you strong statistics from 2013 about the distribution and extensive
problem of world hunger.
2. "Agricultural Development." Gatesfoundation.org. Bil and Melinda Gates Foundation, n.d.
Web. 12 July 2014. <http://www.gatesfoundation.org/What-We-Do/GlobalDevelopment/Agricultural-Development>.
Description: Delegates assigned to represent the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation should
defer to this website in order to better understand their organization’s fight against world
hunger.
3. "Country Statistics." WHO. World Health Organization, n.d. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.who.int/gho/countries/en/>.
Description: This detailed database complied by the World Health Organization gives
detailed information about the health status of every United Nations country member.
4. "Hunger." Actionagainsthunger.org. Action Against Hunger, n.d. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.actionagainsthunger.org/hunger>.
Description: Delegates assigned to represent Action Against Hunger should defer to this
website in order to better understand their organization’s fight against world hunger.
5. "Just One Hunger Initiative." Humanity in Unity. N.p., n.d. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.humanityinunity.org/feedingprogram.html?t=how%20to%20stop%20w
orld%20hunger&gclid=CjwKEAjw8_idBRCExfC15My3owwSJACSDX_W3pbhktNJD7WC
a4TlFUI6TImsaBSiVAYo_ArGVFuv3BoCkr3w_wcB>.
141
Description: This movement is one of many that are found globally. However, even though
it is focused solely in India, it’s operations shed a light into how NGOs combat world hunger.
6. "Know Your World: Facts About Hunger and Poverty." Empowering Women and Men to
End Their Own Hunger. N.p., n.d. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.thp.org/learn_more/issues/know_your_world_facts_about_hunger_and
_poverty?gclid=Cj0KEQjwlv6dBRDC7rGfrvidmJgBEiQAjd3hMKyPvvB_t8g1ZAskVWiUbWlMKCL8Rx5A-EYCmoRWu8aAp3q8P8HAQ>.
Description: This website is gives facts about the links between Hunger and Poverty.
7. "Right to Food." Fian.org. FIAN International, n.d. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.fian.org/what-we-do/issues/right-to-food/>.
Description: Delegates who are assigned to FIAN should defer to this website and better
understand their NGO.
8. "Right to Health around the Globe." Humanium for Childrens Rights. N.p., n.d. Web. 12
July 2014. <http://www.humanium.org/en/world/right-to-health/>.
Description: This website is focused on global health.
9. "Water, Sanitation & Hygiene." Gatesfoundation.org. Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation,
n.d. Web. 12 July 2014. <http://www.gatesfoundation.org/What-We-Do/GlobalDevelopment/Water-Sanitation-and-Hygiene>.
Description: Delegates assigned to the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation should defer to
this link to understand the scope of this NGO’s fight against world thirst.
10. "World Food Programme Fighting Hunger Worldwide." Hunger. World Food Programme,
n.d. Web. 12 July 2014. <http://www.wfp.org/hunger>.
Description: The United Nations sponsors the World Food Programme, and offers detailed
information about existing UN operations against world hunger.
142
Agenda Point 2: Peace and Security
Peace is obtained in the wake of Security. However, conflicts are inevitable, deaths are
common, and peace oftentimes too far and too difficult to obtain. Countless lives are
consumed and taken in conflict zones between political or despotic factions. Even wars
fought and settled long ago can reach out from the past and kill thousands; every year
15,000-20,000 people die from landmines planted during wars fought months, years, and
decades ago. But most importantly, the humanitarian disasters that shadow wars claim
even more lives. For every solider that dies in a skirmish or battle, one maybe even two
civilians die from hunger, thirst, and diseases or injuries sustained. These unfortunate and
unnecessary deaths are the repercussions from an even more unnecessary conflict or
situation. Diplomacy must be the solution. The Secretary General has always beseeched the
belligerent parties to come to the table, and to cease the actions that only destroy the lives
of theirs citizens.
As previously mentioned, 15,000-20,000 people die every year from mines and explosives
that remain from past wars. Many of the active mines are not meant to kill, but to maim.
They were designed with the cruel intent to incapacitate the enemy and make him/her a
liability and drain of resources and livelihood. These victims have to live with the
consequences of irresponsible nations and parties that still destroy the lives of innocent
civilians years later. 300-1,000 dollars have to spent on removing planted landmines. The
time, the resources, and the manpower that have to be dedicated to the removal of lethal
mines are exorbitantly high. The United Nations must hold those responsible accountable.
War creates widows and orphans. They create bitter and morbid memories that contain the
worst of humanity, and block out the best of what mankind has to offer. Humanitarian aid to
innocent civilian populations through NGOs on the ground has greatly diminished the
consequences of war, but it is not enough. Aid is misallocated, lacking in supply, and
misused by vultures. The NGF must explore solutions to the righteous use of humanitarian
aid.
1.7 trillion dollars have been spent worldwide in national budgets. 1.7 trillion dollars that
could have been spent on education, healthcare, etc. The world’s paranoid military posture
that feeds an international military complex that shouldn’t be needed. Even more alarming
is that fifteen countries control 81 percent of all military spending, with the United States
responsible for 39 percent of the world’s total followed by China (9.5%), Russia (5.2%), and
Japan (3.4%). Sadly, most the arms that find their way into the hands of belligerent
factions come from parties that make money from armed clashes. The Secretary wishes for
the Non-Governmental Forum to advocate disarmament and push for combative situations
to be resolved with words and not bullets.
However, the best and most immediate solution to armed conflict is through diplomatic
means. Diplomacy takes many forms; cultural/student exchange programs, creating new
trade routes, and creating new bridges in the international community further advances and
strengthens diplomatic relations. By allowing the respective parties to better understand
one another and establish strong trade and cultural ties, war seems much less attractive
and far too costly. Many committees within the United Nations can contribute to this effort,
and NGOs have made great strides internationally to promote these ties.
The Secretary General hopes that through diplomatic means the world will finally see the
peace that it so desperately longs for. Diplomacy through the establishment of existing
bonds, international disarmament, and erasing the errors of the past will ensure lasting
peace.
143
Questions:
1. How is your NGO pushing for peaceful diplomatic solutions?
2. How is your NGO delivering and distributing humanitarian aid in conflict zones?
3. What committees with you focus on at Conference to advocate peace and security?
Resources:
1. Barbara, Joanna Santa. "Impact of War on Children and Imperative to End War."
Ncbi.nlm.nih.gov. US National Library of Medicine National Institutes of Health,
Dec. 2006. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http%3A%2F%2Fwww.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov%2Fpmc%2Farticles%2FPMC2080482%
2F>.
Description: A detailed look into the physical and physiological impact of the impact of war
on the development of children.
2. "Children in War." Unicef.org. UNICEF. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.unicef.org/sowc96/1cinwar.htm>.
Description: A detailed look into the physical and physiological impact of the impact of war
on the development of children.
3. "Demining." UN News Center. UN, 2008. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.un.org/en/globalissues/demining/>.
Description: A UN report on the international problem of ordinance that remains from wars
past, and the cost of removing them.
4. Dillon, John. "The Arms Trade: A Critical Look." Cornell University. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.arts.cornell.edu/knight_institute/publicationsprizes/discoveries/discov
eriesspring2014/13.%20Dillon.pdf>.
Description: This pdf by John Dillon from Cornell gives in-depth look into the global arms.
5. "Iraq: The Human Cost." Web.mit.edu. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Web. 12
July 2014. <http://web.mit.edu/humancostiraq/>.
Description: This website set up by MIT presents the repercussions of the war with Iraq,
which in turn gives insight to the horrors of war that follow in its wake.
6. "Our Work." C-r.org. Conciliation Resources. Web. 12 July 2014. <http://www.c144
r.org/our-work>.
Descriptions: Delegates assigned to Conciliation Resources should defer to this citation to
better understand their organization.
7. "Over 350,000 Killed by Violence, $4.4 Trillion Spent and Obligated." Costsofwar.org.
Costs of War. Web. 10 July 2014. <http://costsofwar.org/>.
Description: This citation is yet another helpful and informative source to research.
8. "What Is Peacebuilding?" Allianceforpeacebuilding.org. Alliance for Peacebuilding. Web.
12 July 2014. <http://www.allianceforpeacebuilding.org/our-work/>.
Description: Delegates assigned to Alliance for Peacebuilding should defer to this page to
better understand their organization’s actions and operations.
9. "Who We Are." Osce.org. Organization for Security and Co-operation in Central Europe.
Web. 12 July 2014. <http://www.osce.org/who>.
Descriptions: Delegates assigned to this NGO should defer to this page about their mission
statement to better understand how to represent this NGO.
10. "World Military Spending." Globalissues.org. Global Issues. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.globalissues.org/article/75/world-military-spending>.
Description: Global issues offers a strong statistics and numbers to show how much money
is being spent on national defense.
145
Agenda Point 3: Human Rights
The United Nation’s Universal Declaration of Human Rights states that “the peoples of the
United Nations have in the Charter reaffirmed their faith in fundamental human rights, in
the dignity and worth of the human person and in the equal rights of men and women and
have determined to promote social progress and better standards of life in larger freedom.”
This bold and assertive statement has dedicated the United Nations to become the patron of
the oppressed and the guardian of the silenced. Sexism, Racism, and Tyranny are the
vehicles and facilitators of systematic suppression of inalienable rights. Religion and political
doctrines have been used as rallying points for bigotry and mysticism. The Secretary
General deplores the repressive actions of tyrannical governments and sinister
organizations. The NGF in tandem with other United Nations committees can explore
cultural and educational programs that will work to eliminate the archaic ideologies of the
past.
Sexism does not only exist in the workplace, in the temple, or in the public. Sexism exists in
every single facet of social interaction. Many countries recognize the issue of organized
sexism, but fail to undertake meaningful social reform. Domestic violence and female
censorship can be found in every corner of the developing and developed world, but most of
these despicable actions stem from behavioral learning and social norms that are permeated
by others. While the minds of adults are usually unyielding to new ideas and philosophies,
the children of the future are more open to embracing new ideas. Thus, it is crucial that the
United Nations move forward in a direction that inspires tolerance and acceptance in the
youth of tomorrow.
Sexism is not the only product of ignorance and stubbornness; Racism also follows comes
hand in hand with ignorance. Billions of people are persecuted and discriminated against
because of where they come from and what they believe. While there is de facto racism,
there is also plenty of De Jure racism in state sponsored programs. Recent examples, like
the indiscriminate imprisonment of terrorist suspects in the United States, imprisonment of
Christians in Nigeria, and blanket imprisonment of homosexuals in Russia stand testament
to the fact that Racism is alive and well. The NGF needs to educate the masses about the
injustices people suffer because of their color, creed, and political ideology.
The most common way of violating Human Rights is the state-sponsored censorship and
suppression of the Freedom of Speech. States have restricted the flow of compromising
information and news by blocking access to websites, news organizations, and the press.
Large states, like Russia, China, and the United States, and small states, like Nigeria, United
Arab Emirates, and Venezuela, are all guilty of overstepping their bounds. However,
recently despotic forces have moved within the international community to protect a
soverign’s right to censor. Russia and China have pushed through a resolution that seeks to
stop the “Undermining of a nation’s spiritual and cultural environment.” This resolution has
been passed through the General Assembly with strong support, and is a very frightening
indicator of the international community’s attitude of censorship.
When censorship fails to silence the protestors, political factions then move to stop the
threat. While the exact number of political prisoners remains elusive due to its shady
146
nature, millions of people are subjected to torture, relentless persecution, and banishment
to labor camps world-wide. North Korea and China are infamous for imprisoning those that
deviate from the state’s political agenda, and those that dare to question it. This cycle of
fear creates an entire underground world of persecution and injustice that oftentimes goes
unheard. The cries of the damned must be heard, and must be treated with the ideals of
tolerance and democracy that the United Nations itself operates on.
147
Questions:
1. How has your NGO pushed for gender equality, and the protection of human rights?
2. How can the United Nations pass effective resolutions to combat the gross violation of
human rights globally.
3. What committees with you focus on at Conference to fight for Human Rights?
Resources:
1. Amnesty International USA. Amnesty International. Web. 11 July 2014.
<http://www.amnestyusa.org/>.
Description: Delegates assigned to Amnesty International should defer to their homepage
to understand their position.
2. Berkens, Michael. "CNET: Russian Continuing To Push To Take Over Control Of Domain
Naming System From ICANN." The Domains. 18 Nov. 2012. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.thedomains.com/2012/11/18/cnet-russian-continuing-to-push-totake-over-control-of-domain-naming-system-at-the-itu-meeting-in-december/>.
Description: Russia and other despotic forces have signaled to the international community
that they intend to censor freedom of speech and information through internet censorship.
This article gives insight to a UN resolution that would support their contention that
censorship is a sovereign right and not a violation of human rights. This resolution has
created a lot of controversy in the wake of the United States’ decision to not renew ICANN’s
contract.
3. Defending Human Rights Worldwide. Human Rights Watch. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.hrw.org/>.
Description: Delegates assigned to Human Rights watch should defer to their homepage to
understand their position.
4. Downes, Larry. "Russia Demands Broad UN Role in Net Governance, Leak Reveals CNET." CNET. CNET, 16 Nov. 2012. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.cnet.com/news/russia-demands-broad-un-role-in-net-governanceleak-reveals/>.
Description: Another article about the political stance nations have towards censorship of
148
the internet.
5. Fitzpatrick, Alex. "Shedding Light on the UN's Internet Plans, WikiLeaks-Style." Mashable.
12 June 2012. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://mashable.com/2012/06/12/wcitleaks/>.
Description: Another article about the political stance nations have towards censorship of
the internet.
6. The Power of People against Poverty. Oxfam International. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.oxfam.org/>.
Description: Delegates assigned to Human Rights watch should defer to their homepage to
understand their position.
7. "Sexism." Understanding Prejudice. Web. 12 July 2014.
<http://www.understandingprejudice.org/links/sexism.htm>.
Description: This website gives an in-depth look into sexism in the home, the workplace,
and the public.
8. Shah, Anup. "Racism." Global Issues. Global Issues, 8 Aug. 2010. Web. 09 July 2014.
<http://www.globalissues.org/article/165/racism>.
Description: This website gives an in-depth look into racism.
9. "Statistics on Discrimination of Homosexuals." PapBlog Human Rights Etc. Web. 12 July
2014. <http://filipspagnoli.wordpress.com/stats-on-human-rights/statistics-ondiscrimination/statistics-on-discrimination-of-homosexuals/>.
Description: Homophobia is widespread internationally, and is repressive and suppressive.
10. "The Universal Declaration of Human Rights, UDHR, Declaration of Human Rights,
Human Rights Declaration, Human Rights Charter, The Un and Human Rights." UN
News Center. UN. Web. 11 July 2014. <http://www.un.org/en/documents/udhr/>.
Description: The United Nations preamble commits the United Nations to pursue defending
and protecting the ideals of equality.
149
Organization of American States
Topic 1: Food Safety
Despite being essential to life, the integrity and quality of food is threatened every day.
From cloning, to steroids, unsafe packaging, pesticides and unhealthy production processes,
food is quite simply not what it used to be. This issue is more important now than it ever
was. The Organization of American States (OAS) must respond to increasing tensions while
balancing the issue of upholding the food supply while maintaining the quality of food.
Before even considering the safety of food, however, the Americas must address the need
to maintain the availability of food. Approximately 53 million persons in Latin American go
hungry at night, accounting for roughly 9% of the region’s population. While the World Bank
lauds Latin America for its relatively strong policies in maintaining favorable food prices, it
also recommends that governments in the region begin examining their policies to protect
the food supply for underprivileged citizens. The Cochamba Declaration of 2012 by the OAS
affirms that proper nutrition and diet is a fundamental need for any individual to reach his
or her full potential, and calls for tactics such as crop diversification, improved technology,
and cooperation with international humanitarian organizations, aimed at improving the state
of food security in the Americas. The Organization of American states must promptly
address the need to maintain an adequate food supply in order to protect the health of its
populations.
It is important to note, however, that maintaining food quality is also vital to ensuring public
health and progress. People need not only to be able to eat, but to keep a proper diet and
maintain good health through good nutrition. Thus, there is some concern that new
methods of making food more available may harm the inherent nutrition of certain foods.
GMO foods, or food derived from genetically modified organisms, is one such example;
while some argue that GMO foods will make it significantly easier to grow crops and produce
the food necessary for society, critics of the practice argue that GMO food is harmful for
humans and in the long term, will make it harder for crops to resist new diseases. The
ethical debate rages on similarly for practices like animal cloning, where a farmer will take
the DNA of a high-quality meat and clone it to produce the same flavor, and the use of
steroids in animals to make them grow more muscle, and thus more meat to sell. The OAS
is in a position here to make a statement in support of or in opposition to these practices as
not only a national, but international matter.
Ultimately, the safety of the population will rest with the people themselves; citizens need
to be educated about food safety to prevent the outbreak of foodborne disease or other
problems that may result from dangerous or otherwise unhealthy foods. As the ultimate
consumers of the food produced, the citizenry must be knowledgeable about the effects of
junk food, fast food, and other foods on personal health. For this reason, the OAS must
develop a means to provide such education effectively and easily. The quality of food must
be maintained for future generations, and the OAS is in a position of power to do something
about this concern.
150
Discussion Questions:
1. What can the OAS do to improve and secure the availability of food for its citizens?
2. What regulations, if any, need to be applied to GMO foods, cloned animals, or animals
treated with steroids?
3. How can member nations effectively and easily educate the populace about the
importance of healthy eating?
Resources:
1. "The Global Food Security Index."Global Food Security Index. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://foodsecurityindex.eiu.com/>.
Description: The Food Security is a measure developed by The Economist designed to
measure the food security status in over 100 countries.
2. United Nations. "Global Food Security." Global Food Security | The Secretary-General's
High-Level Task Force. United Nations, n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.un-foodsecurity.org/>.
Description: This is the UN portal for food security issues worldwide. Not only is there
descriptions of different problems related to food security and possible solutions, but
also news reports relating to the matter, various reports, and links to the food security
status in different countries as well.
3. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. "Countries." Food and
Agriculture Organization of the United Nations: Country Profiles. FAO, n.d. Web. 29
Apr. 2014. <http://www.fao.org/countryprofiles/en/>.
Description: The FAO has a comprehensive list and research detailing the state of
agriculture in a number of countries. This list will be very useful in determining whether
your country would benefit from more agriculture, and if so, how.
4. "Food Regulation in Latin America." Institute for Food Laws and Regulations. Web. 01
May 2014. <http://www.iflr.msu.edu/courses/food_regulation_in_latin_america>.
Description: This is a course describing the state of food regulation in Latin America,
for an academic perspective to the issue.
5. "FAO.org." FAO - News Article: Boosting Food Security Knowledge in Latin America and
the Caribbean. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.fao.org/news/story/en/item/215093/icode/>.
Description: Food safety often lies in the awareness of the consumer about what he or
she is eating, or in policy makers about what they are legislating. This article explains
one such program to increase awareness of these issues.
151
6. "Latest Outputs." Right to Food: Organization of American States (OAS). Web. 01 May
2014.
<http://www.fao.org/righttofood/our-work/current-projects/rtf-global-regionallevel/oas/en/>.
Description: The Cochabamba Declaration is a thorough outline of all the issues related
to food safety in the American region.
7. “Country Profiles.” Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. Web. 1 May
2014. <http://www.fao.org/countryprofiles/en/>.
Description: The FAO, or Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations,
compiles extensive information about the food status of a number of countries.
8. Franco, Bernadette. “Food Safety Management Issues in Latin America.” International
Commission on Microbiological Specifications for Foods. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.icmsf.org/pdf/3COLMIC2009ICMSFSymposiumFranco.pdf>.
Description: This presentation details the state of food safety in Latin America on the
whole.
9. "Improving Food Safety in Latin America and the Caribbean."Improving Food Safety in
Latin America and the Caribbean. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.fao.org/newsroom/EN/news/2005/1000187/index.html>.
Description: This FAO article calls for several actions to improve food safety
internationally.
10. "Safe Food International Mission."Safe Food International Mission. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.safefoodinternational.org/regions_samerica.html>.
Description: This portal lists a number of policy issues and country actions related to
food security in Central and South America.
152
Topic 2: Piracy
Piracy, by the definition established under the United Nations Convention on the Law of the
Sea (UNCLOS), is “any illegal acts of violence or detention, or any act of depredation,
committed for private ends by the crew or the passengers of a private ship or a private
aircraft, and directed on the high seas, against another ship or aircraft, against persons or
property on-board such ship or aircraft, against a ship, aircraft, persons, or property in a
place outside the jurisdiction of any State, or any act of voluntary participation in the
operation of a ship or of an aircraft with knowledge of facts making it a pirate ship or
aircraft.” It is important to note when determining courses of action regarding piracy that
piracy comes in multiple forms; it is not merely confined to the seas, but is in fact
associated with terrorism on-board ships and aircraft, and the Organization of American
States must therefore consider both methods of transportation while debating courses of
action on this matter.
Perhaps one of the largest and longest-standing misconceptions in terms of maritime piracy
has been the differentiation between pirate attacks and commerce raids (mercenary
attacks). A commerce raid is considered a separate entity from piracy because of the open
way in which it is conducted, as well as the fact that piracy is defined solely as acting for
private ends and through private means; an attack by a private ship on an American naval
shipment would be considered an act of piracy, but an attack by a Russian vessel on that
naval shipment would be considered a commerce raid (and therefore an act of war).
Commerce raiders have operated as part of military strategies since the days of the
American Revolutionary War, and they should not be confused with pirates when drafting
resolutions.
Piracy, according to the International Maritime Organization (IMO) and International
Maritime Bureau (IMB), generally includes, but is not limited to, boarding, extortion,
hostage-taking, kidnapping for ransom, murder, robbery, sabotage that results in the
sinking of a ship, seizure of items and entire ships, and intentional shipwrecking. In efforts
to prevent piracy, numerous countries forbid ships from entering territorial waters if the
crew is armed. Shipping companies themselves will often hire privateers to protect
shipments and prevent any sort of damage to a ship’s cargo. The UNCLOS enforces that
captured pirates be tried in international courts when there is a dispute between two or
more countries over which country has the right to try the captured pirates, but in cases
involving one nation only, many nations have adopted their own policies for the treatment
and trial of captured pirates. For example, the United States Congress has adopted policies
that allow it to try pirates for treason and/or violating international law. It is also highly
imperative to note that international law includes a “universality principle,” which states
that a government may "exercise jurisdiction over conduct outside its territory if that
conduct is universally dangerous to states and their nationals.” Nonetheless, the
international problem of piracy persists: It is estimated that, since 2008, Somali pirates
alone have made $120 million annually and have cost the shipping industry anywhere
between $900 million and $3.3 billion per year.
As the tools and methods of modern warfare become increasingly available, pirates
stockpile these modern-day weapons, armors, etc. to make themselves even more of a
threat in both the air and ocean to shipping companies. Today, pirates can be found using
GPS, sonar systems, speedboats, assault rifles, mounted machine guns, and even rocketpropelled grenades and grenade launchers. The threat of piracy augments steadily with
each passing day, and it is up to the Organization of American States to determine the best
course of action when dealing with piracy around its member nations.
153
Discussion Questions:
1. Through what means can the Organization of American States target piracy while
remaining within the bounds of the UNCLOS and other international laws?
2. How can the Organization of American States best handle the fact that pirates are
utilizing more modern weaponry in their conquests?
3. Can actions be taken that involve the targeting of specific pirate groups within
specific nations without impeding upon nations’ national sovereignty?
Resources:
1. "18 U.S. Code § 1651 - Piracy under Law of Nations." Legal Information Institute.
Cornell University Law School, n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/18/1651>.
Description: This is a direct link to a prime example of the universality principle
playing a part in domestic law: the section of the US Code referring to piracy.
2. "About IMO." IMO. IMO, n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.imo.org/About/Pages/Default.aspx>.
Description: Detailed description of the International Maritime Organization.
3. Elliott, Robert. "Eastern Inscrutability: Piracy on the High Seas." Security
Management. ASIS International, n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.securitymanagement.com/article/eastern-inscrutability-piracyhigh-seas>.
Description: An article detailing the methods and strategies that pirates use when
pillaging ships at sea.
4. "International Maritime Bureau." International Maritime Bureau. International
Maritime Bureau, n.d. Web. 01 May 2014. <http://www.icc-ccs.org/icc/imb>.
Description: This is the comprehensive information page for the International
Maritime Bureau.
5. Luft, Gal, and Anne Korin. "Terrorism Goes to Sea." Foreign Affairs. Council on
Foreign Relations, Nov.-Dec. 2004. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/60266/gal-luft-and-annekorin/terrorism-goes-to-sea>.
154
Description: This article details and provides insight into the defining of piracy as a
form of terrorism.
6. Peifer, Douglas C. "Maritime Commerce Warfare - The Coercive Response of the
Weak?" Maritime Commerce Warfare - The Coercive Response of the
Weak? US Naval War Collection, n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<https://www.usnwc.edu/getattachment/cad6901d-2209-4200-925c4660d4745eb1/Maritime-Commerce-Warfare--The-Coercive-Responseo.aspx>.
Description: Details at great length commerce raids, their historical significance,
and their differences from piracy.
7. "Pirates Open Fire on Cruise Ship off Somalia." Washington Post. The Washington
Post, 05 Nov. 2005. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.washingtonpost.com/wpdyn/content/article/2005/11/05/AR200
5110500622.html?nav=hcmodule>
Description: This article is a direct example of how piracy is very prevalent in areas
of political unrest, and it highlights the threat of Somali piracy that has United States
personnel stationed in the Horn of Africa.
8. Plumer, Brad. "The Economics of Somali Piracy." Washington Post. The Washington
Post, 03 Mar. 2013. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/wonkblog/wp/2013/03/03/theeconomics-of-somali-piracy/>.
Description: This article focuses on the economic side of piracy, and how it is a
lucrative business for its participants but highly damaging to shipping companies.
9. "UNCLOS and Agreement on Part XI - Preamble and Frame Index." UN News Center.
UN, n.d. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.un.org/depts/los/convention_agreements/texts/unclos/closindx.
htm>.
Description: The actual, full-length text of the United Nations Convention on the
Law of the Sea.
10. "Universal Jurisdiction." Universal Jurisdiction. Global Policy Forum, 2013. Web. 01
155
May 2014.
<http://www.globalpolicy.org/international-justice/universal-jurisdiction-631.html>.
Description: This website defines and describes universal jurisdiction (universality
principle) in detail.
156
Topic 3: Solar Power
Despite debate over how to achieve successful utilization of solar power, the need for
countries to become energy independent is clear. The world’s current reliance on oil is not
only politically unstable, but also unsustainable, finite, and costly in the long run. The trend
is apparent: the Organization of American States has a vested interest in ensuring that
energy supplies are reliable, cheap, and will last for the long-term.
One form of alternative energy that many American nations are currently implementing is
solar power, the use of photovoltaic conversion of the heat and sun directly into electrical
energy. Solar power is remarkably economical and sustainable in the long run, involving no
moving parts and requiring virtually no maintenance. It is important to note that, even
though the Kyoto Protocol exists to move countries towards the eventual reduction of
greenhouse gas emissions, nearly all of the members of the Organization of American
States have ratified the Kyoto Protocol without binding targets, and a few of the more
powerful nations have only merely signed the Protocol with no intentions of ratifying it. By
employing solar power, countries prove to be progressive in nature, attracting foreign
investment and fulfilling the promises agreed upon in the Kyoto Protocol nearly two decades
ago.
However, the drawbacks of solar energy are as apparent as its benefits. In areas with
extremely wet weather, especially countries with high humidity or seasonal downpours, the
production of solar energy would be intermittent at best when it is raining or extremely
humid. Despite the long term financial benefits of the technology, the upfront costs are
extravagantly, if not prohibitively, high. For many Latin American nations, these costs may
be unrealistic, if not impossible, without foreign direct investment in such infrastructure.
Countries lacking the funds or economic stability to employ solar power will be the first to
turn to the more powerful American nations, and resolutions involving the funding of
projects and services focused on the development of solar energy in these weaker countries
would not be unexpected.
Fortunately, a number of countries have been successful in addressing these problems. The
United States of America, notably, has implemented a solar energy tax credit to incentivize
the installment of such technology. Mexico, employing a different approach, has been
planning a number of large solar projects; the Solar Power Mexico industry conference has
noted that solar energy will comprise of at least 10% of the country’s energy by 2050.
Evidently, even the most direct attempts to move towards solar energy and reduce
greenhouse gas emissions will not have immense effects in a short time, but such gradual
change is necessary if the United Nations is to push for a more eco-friendly world. The
Organization of American States must adopt models like these to replicate such successes in
energy policy.
157
Discussion Questions:
1. Do countries need to be energy independent? How effective is alternative energy in
creating said energy independence?
2. How can member states finance the implementation of solar power?
3. Is solar energy worth the short term costs?
Resources:
1. Toothman, Jessika. "How Solar Cells Work." HowStuffWorks. HowStuffWorks.com, 01
Apr. 2000. Web. 01 May 2014. <http://science.howstuffworks.com/
environmental/energy/solar-cell.htm>.
Description: A brief description of how solar cells work physically and how they are
produced.
2. "Is The Future Of Renewable Energy In Latin America?"International Business Times.
Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.ibtimes.com/inter-american-development-bankstudy-points-latin-america-future-renewable-energy-1429346>.
Description: Discusses the future of renewable energy in the region.
3. "IRENA | Renewable Energy Country Profiles." IRENA | Renewable Energy Country
Profiles. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://www.irena.org/REmaps/americasmap.aspx>.
Description: This is a comprehensive listing of energy facts related to most
countries.
4. “Renewable Energy.” IEA. Web. 01 May 2014.
<https://www.iea.org/policiesandmeasures/renewableenergy/>.
Description: This is another database of countries and their energy policies.
5. “International Energy Statistics.” U.S. Energy Information Administration. Web. 1
May 2014. <http://www.eia.gov/cfapps/ipdbproject/iedindex3.cfm?
tid=6&pid=29&aid=2&cid=r1,r2,&syid=2008&eyid=2012&unit=BKWH>.
Description: This database includes a number of useful statistics relating to energy
consumption in your country, such as total usage, per capita, etc.
6. "The Darker Side of Renewable Energy." The Darker Side of Renewable Energy. Web.
158
01 May 2014. <http://oilprice.com/Alternative-Energy/Renewable-Energy/
The-Darker-Side-of-Renewable-Energy.html>.
Description: Solar energy may not always be the solution. This article describes
why.
7. "Renewable Energy Trends in South and Central America."Renewable Energy. Web.
01 May 2014. <http://www.energydigital.com/renewable_energy/
-renewable-energy-trends-in-south-and-central-america>.
Description: This article discusses some of the renewable energy changes going in
in the Americas as a whole.
8. "The World Can Be Powered by Alternative Energy, Using Today's Technology, in 2040 Years, Says Stanford Researcher Mark Z. Jacobson."Stanford University.
Web. 01 May 2014. <http://news.stanford.edu/news/2011/january/
jacobson-world-energy-012611.html>.
Description: This article supports the use of alternative energy, providing an
optimistic perspective on the trends today.
9. "Advantages and Disadvantages of Solar Power, Facts about Solar
Power."Advantages and Disadvantages of Solar Power, Facts about Solar
Power. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.tc.umn.edu/~dama0023/solar.html>.
Description: A listing of some of the problems and benefits of solar power.
10. "Is Solar Power an Economical Alternative to Conventional Energy? - Alternative
Energy - ProCon.org." ProConorg Headlines. Web. 01 May 2014.
<http://alternativeenergy.procon.org/view.answers.php?questionID=001311
>.
Description: Some facts and quotes that support both sides of the solar power
debate.
159
Political and Security Committee
Topic 1: Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs)
Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAvs) are remotely piloted aircraft most commonly deployed on
military special operations. Unmanned Aerial Vehicles are also casually referred to as
“drones.” Nations who possess high defense budgets have sent out drones on numerous
missions to eliminate foreign targets. The popularity of the drone program has increased
due to the nonexistent risk of soldier casualties and ability to carry out targeted killing
without putting troops on the ground. Over 70 countries possess Unmanned Aerial Vehicles
such as France, Germany, Israel, India, Turkey, Italy and the United Kingdom among the
few. Unmanned Aerial Vehicles are based on pre-programmed flight plans and operated by
military personnel at ground level. Common UAV missions are used for reconnaissance and
combative roles. The role of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles in countries is growing at
unprecedented rates. In 2005 tactical and theater level unmanned aircrafts logged in over
100,000 hours of flight time during Operation ENDURING FREEDOM and Operation Iraqi
Freedom. There are five specific classifications of drones: Target and Decoy,
Reconnaissance, Combat, Research and Development, and Civil and Commercial.
Currently the United States and Israel are the top global Unmanned Aerial Vehicle exports.
Due to the absence of military ties between Israel and Middle Eastern nations on the
account of historic conflicts Middle Eastern countries have no choice but to procure UAVs
from America. With the growing success in technological advances there is a strong
possibility that other nations will soon have the means to export to the Middle East. A key
motivation in the market is a regional unrest. With the presence of Unmanned Aerial
Vehicles smaller states can now expand their military strength beyond precedent measures.
The fact that Unmanned Aerial Vehicles have low capability in larger Middle Eastern nations
significantly alters the dynamic of regional powers. For example; the Hezbollah movement
recently acknowledged their use of UAVs against Israel. Every Middle Eastern nation
expresses their need and the importance for Unmanned Aerial Vehicles. Most notably the
Gulf Arab States; who are alarmed by Syria and North Africa where popular uprisings have
begun. European Nations such as France and Germany announced their creation of a “drone
users club” in November 2013. European States are hoping to go head to head with
American and Israeli made Unmanned Aerial Vehicles which currently control the airspace.
With the rapid growth of drones used in modern battlefield Europe finds themselves behind
to develop Medium Altitude Long Endurance pilotless aircraft. Europe has long been
dependent on American and Israeli made drones. For example; France used American
drones during their intervention in Mali against Islamists. Germany used Israeli produced
Heron 1 drone for reconnaissance in Afghanistan. However on another continent of the
world; Africa has considered the use of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles for different reasons;
poachers and other transnational threats. “Surveillance drones” or a Research and
Development Unmanned Aerial Vehicle have been considered in regions of Africa to halt
these threats. Organizations have looked to technological advances to possibly play a critical
role in many contemporary and transnational challenges. These challenges most commonly
include elephant poaching, rhino poaching and terrorism.
Unmanned Aerial Vehicles have caused much controversy in the world of international
politics. The Drone Program has been looked at negatively for many reasons such as strikes
have killed innocent civilians and destroyed civilian property. The United States has been
known to use lethal force through drones on American citizens overseas without the
constitutionally mandated trial by jury. Most discrepancies and arguments over the use of
UAVs are all accounts of legality and ethics. With the growing military capabilities drones
have been a priority amongst world powers.
160
Discussion Questions
1. What are the main reasons why nations find the use of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles so
controversial?
2. What is so appealing about having an advantage when it comes to Unmanned Aerial
Vehicles? Why is it such a negative thing for a nation to be behind in Unmanned
Aerial Vehicles?
3. Has your country come out with a formal opinion on the matter of Unmanned Aerial
Vehicles? What is their opinion? Why do you think that they feel this way?
Resources:
1. "2013 Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) Legislation." NCSL.org. NCSL, n.d.
Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.ncsl.org/research/civil-and-criminal-justice/unmannedaerial-vehicles.aspx>.
Description: This source outlines UAVs in North America
2. "Debating U.S. Drone Policy." History and Current Issues for the Classroom.
The Choices Program, n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.choices.edu/resources/twtn/twtn-drones.php>.
Description: This source outlines the arguments for and against the use of UAVs.
3."Drones: A History of Flying Robots." Nesta. N.p., n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.nesta.org.uk/node/753>.
Description: This source contains the early structure and abilities of UAVs.
4. Finn, Peter. "Rise of the Drone." Washington Post. The Washington Post, 24
Dec. 2011. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.washingtonpost.com/national/national-security/rise-of-thedrone-from-calif-garage-to-multibillion-dollar-defenseindustry/2011/12/22/gIQACG8UEP_story.htm>
Description: This source goes in depth with the economics of UAVs
5. "Flight of the Drones." The Economist. The Economist Newspaper, 08 Oct.
2011. Web. 1 May 2014 <http://www.economist.com/node/21531433>.
Description: This source outlines the future and the expansion of the use of UAVs
161
6. Horgan, John. "Unmanned Flight: The Drones Come Home." National
Geographic. National Geographic Society, n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://ngm.nationalgeographic.com/2013/03/unmanned-flight/horgantext>.
Description: This National Geographic article walks through the dynamics of UAVs.
7. Levs, Josh. "CNN Explains: U.S. Drones." CNN. Cable News Network, 08 Feb.
2013. Web. 1 May 2014. <http://www.cnn.com/2013/02/07/politics/dronescnn-explains/>.
Description: This source explains US UAVs.
8. "Nato Wants EU Countries to Buy More Drones." EUobserver. N.p., n.d. Web.
1 May 2014. <http://euobserver.com/defence/121506>.
Description: This source deals with European Nations and UAVs.
9. "Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs)." FAS Intelligence Resource Program.
FAS, n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.fas.org/irp/program/collect/uav.htm>.
Description: This source provides multiple different readings which contain the
aspects of the use of UAVs.
10. "What Are Drones?" Drone Wars UK. N.p., n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://dronewars.net/aboutdrone/>.
Description: This source answers the simple question “What are UAVs?”
162
Topic 2: Spread of Democracy
Full democracy guarantees human rights, free press and an independent jury. In no way
would a democracy be classified as a fortress of peace and tranquility and they do not
completely eliminate poverty. Many half democratic nations tend to fall at the waist side to
corruption and money interests.
Though democracy appears to be a satisfactory system to all global citizens some have
rejected the idea. For example; South America has thoroughly abandoned the junta
solution.
The idea and the notion that democratic government leaderships should be a globally
followed principle have been around since the time of the Cold War between the Soviet
Union and the United States, the Vietnam War and even World War II. Truman as President
of the United States made it America’s personal duty to be the moral police of the world and
spread the American Democratic System of governance. John Kennedy continued this idea
by stating in his inaugural address that America will stop at nothing for the sake of global
liberty. Westernized nations such as the United States, England and Canada have made it
an objective in their foreign political views to encourage the spread of democracy.
In 2002 the United Nations’ annual Human Development Report the focus was on
democracy and its ability to improve people’s lives.
In the early 90’s westernized countries such as the United States began laying heavy
emphasis on the civil society development in the Middle East. In the Middle East in the past
three years there have been uprising in countries like Tunisian and Egypt, composed of
mostly of young citizens unhappy with their oppressive rulers. The appearance of
Democracy is not as easy as some might think. Times such as the Mubarak era led to the
uprisings the Middle East most commonly known as the Arab Spring, a time in which youth
citizens who were pro-democracy staged an uprising and overthrew their oppressive
government.This instance alone threw gasoline on the spreading democratic fire! Young
people from nations all over began to question their government and other aspects of
societal rule. While some questions were answered and succeeded, others were squashed
and banned. Longstanding assumptions about how, when, where and should emerge in the
Arab world. Despite the neo-conservatives who appear passionate about a democratic
revolution in the Middle East claim it will be a generational issue.
The largest issue with infiltration of democracy in other undeveloped countries is that a
broad and accepted belief concerning democracy is that it is a system which cannot be
“exported or imposed.”
Financial issues lend to most of the controversy on the issue of spreading democracy and
republic forms of government. The burning questions lies with whether militarily enforced
transitions to democracy will add up economically. To put into perspective; during 2009,
Egypt’s import bill was $56 billion, while the country’s exports only added up to $29 billion.
Tourism, foreign aid, and loans aided to fill that gap. The uprising sent tourism into a
downward spiral leading to the uncertainty of foreign aid and money revenue up in the air.
The idea of spreading democracy is not one which will ever go away. Nations opposed will
continue to dodge the infection and nations in need will constantly be crying out for
democratic aid. The international input of democracy could forever remain an impossible
idealistic notion or it could be achieved through international cooperation.
163
Discussion Questions
1. What is your nation’s current system of government? What is the history behind their
government?
2. Do they accept, reject, or want the spread of democracy? Why?
3. Has your country ever been involved in a conflict surrounded by system of
government differences? If so, was it squashed? Or was it successful? Why?
Resources
1. "Democracy in Africa." WorldViews. N.p., n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://worldviews.igc.org/awpguide/democ.html>.
Description: This source explains the dynamics and struggles of democracy in
Africa.
2. Feffer, John. "Rethinking Democracy in Europe." The Huffington Post.
TheHuffingtonPost.com, 06 Jan. 2014. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.huffingtonpost.com/john-feffer/rethinking-democracy-ine_b_4550611.html>.
Description: This source is an article on democracy in Europe.
3. Hamid, Shadi. "The Struggle For Middle East Democracy." The Cairo Review
of Global Affairs. The American University in Cairo, n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.aucegypt.edu/gapp/cairoreview/pages/articledetails.aspx?aid=2
0>.
Description: This source details the struggles of democracy in the Middle East.
4. "Impact: Irish Local Democracy Weakest in Europe." Irish Examiner. N.p.,
n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.irishexaminer.com/ireland/impact-irish-local-democracyweakest-in-europe-266826.html>.
Description: This source explains democracy’s flaws in Ireland.
5. Mandaville, Peter. "The U.S. Is Giving Up on Middle East Democracy—and
164
That's a Mistake." The Atlantic. Atlantic Media Company, 07 Jan. 2014. Web.
1 May 2014. <http://www.theatlantic.com/international/archive/2014/01/theus-is-giving-up-on-middle-east-democracy-and-thats-a-mistake/282890/>.
Description: This source answers the question, “Is the US giving up on democracy
in the ME?”
6. Mbaku, John. "Africa's Rocky Road to Democracy." CNN. Cable News
Network, 29 July 2013. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.cnn.com/2013/03/01/opinion/africa-democracy-mbaku/>.
Description: This source outlines democracy in Africa.
7. "Middle East Democracy." The Huffington Post. N.p., n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.huffingtonpost.com/tag/middle-east-democracy/>.
Description: This source is the Huffington Post on democracy in the ME
8. "National Endowment for Democracy." NED.org. N.p., n.d. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.ned.org/>.
Description: This source is the homepage to the National Endowment for
Democracy; devoted to spreading democratic rule.
9. "The Trouble With Democracy in the Middle East." Cato Institute. N.p., n.d.
Web. 1 May 2014. <http://www.cato.org/publications/commentary/troubledemocracy-middle-east>.
Description: This source juggles the idea of democracy in the ME.
10. Zelizer, Julian. "Is American Democracy Dead?" CNN. Cable News Network,
27 Apr. 2014. Web. 1 May 2014.
<http://www.cnn.com/2014/04/27/opinion/zelizer-american-democracydead/>.
Description: This source is a current news source that sheds light on modern
democracy.
165
Topic 3: Children and Armed Conflict
In 1924 the Geneva Declaration of Rights of the Child stated that; the child, by reason of his
physical and mental immaturity, needs special safeguards and care, including appropriate
legal protection, before as well as after birth. Declaring that all children in addition to the
basic human rights that the United Nations declares in the Universal Declaration of Human
Rights they are entitled to “special safeguards” recognized in the statues of specialized
agencies and international organizations focused on the general welfare of children.With the
presence of the Geneva Declaration of Rights of the Child it creates a lot of instability and
controversy concerning children participating in armed conflict…
Young children being forced to serve in armed militias have been a growing problem for
years. The official definition of a child soldier is an individual under the age of 18 serving in
an armed force. Since 2000 it has been reported that an issue of child soldiers has been
reported in every region of the world. Child Soldiers serve in either opposition forces or
government forces sometimes younger than 10 years old. Children in armed conflicts both
boys and girls play multiple different roles such as serving on the frontline, human shields
and suicide bombers. Girls usually perform domestic tasks and both boys and girls are used
to perform sexual acts. Most children who serve in military force or are a part of a militia
were unlawfully recruited; meaning their recruitment goes against international standards.
Child soldiers are an ever growing issue and a direct threat to citizens of countries who are
under the age of 18.
There are multiple moral, ethical and humanitarian issues with recruiting children in armed
conflict. Experts believe that War violates every right of a child – the right to life, the right
to be with family and community, the right to health, the right to the development of the
personality and the right to be nurtured and protected. Many of today’s conflicts last the
length of a “childhood”, meaning that from birth to early adulthood, children will experience
multiple and accumulative assaults. Disrupting the social networks and primary
relationships that support children’s physical, emotional, moral, cognitive and social
development in this way, and for this duration, can have profound physical and
psychological implications.
But one of the most controversial and disturbing issues are the ways in which children are
recruited. Some are conscripted, others are press-ganged or kidnapped and still others are
forced to join armed groups to defend their families. Governments in a few countries legally
conscript children under 18, but even where the legal minimum age is 18, the law is not
necessarily a safeguard. In many countries, birth registration is inadequate or non-existent
and children do not know how old they are. Recruiters can only guess at ages based on
physical development and may enter the age of recruits as 18 to give the appearance of
compliance with national laws.
Though there arguments of instances in which children volunteer for the army,
underdeveloped nations or rebel groups use these rare instances as a justification for child
participation in armed militia. The argument against this hypothesis is, one of the most
basic reasons that children join armed groups is economic. Hunger and poverty may drive
parents to offer their children for service. In some cases, armies pay a minor soldier’s
wages directly to the family. Child participation may be difficult to distinguish as in some
cases whole families move with armed groups. Children may volunteer if they believe that
it secures food, medical attention, and shelter.. Some case studies tell of parents who
encourage their daughters to become soldiers if their marriage prospects are poor. The
issue of Children and Armed Conflict raises the question of International morality, child
prosperity and resources of an armed nation. To this date, there has been no UN resolution
passed that seeks to curtail this violation of international law.
166
Discussion Questions
1. Is it common in your nation for children under the age of 18 to serve in the military?
What is the popular opinion on the answer to the previous question?
2. Does your nation support children serving in armed conflict or are they against it?
What is the justification of their opinion?
3. Why is children and armed controversy such a gray area? What can the Political and
Security Committee do to put this controversy to rest?
Resources
1. Al-Saliby, Wissam. "Children Participating in Syria's Armed Conflict." The
Institute of Middle East Studies. N.p., 3 Oct. 2013. Web. 27 Apr. 2014.
<http://imeslebanon.wordpress.com/2013/10/03/children-participating-insyrias-armed-conflict/>.
Description: This source is an article on children in armed conflict in Syria.
2. "Child Soldiers." UMC.org. The United Methodist Church, n.d. Web. 27 Apr.
2014.
<http://gbgm-umc.org/global_news/full_article.cfm?articleid=4545>.
Description: This source defines the struggles of children in armed conflict.
3. "Children and Armed Conflict." Security Council Report. Security Council,
2014. Web. 27 Apr. 2014. <http://www.securitycouncilreport.org/childrenand-armed-conflict/>.
Description: This source contains reports of children in armed conflict.
4. "Children and Armed Conflict." United Nations. The Office of the Special
Representative, n.d. Web. 27 Apr. 2014.
<http://childrenandarmedconflict.un.org/>.
Description: This source takes you to the UN website and contains information on
children and armed conflict.
5. "Europe Increases Aid for Children Affected by Colombia’s Armed Conflict."
167
Watchlist on Children and Armed Conflict. N.p., n.d. Web. 27 Apr. 2014.
<http://watchlist.org/europe-increases-aid-for-children-affected-bycolombias-armed-conflict/>.
Description: This source explains Europe’s financial support for nations affected by
youth armed conflict.
6. Machel, Graça. "Impact of Armed Conflict on Children." Unicef.org. UNICEF,
n.d. Web. 27 Apr. 2014. <http://www.unicef.org/graca/>.
Description: This source outlines the impacts of children in armed conflict.
7. Schlein, Lisa. "Children in Armed Conflict Abused and Exploited, Report
Says." VOANews.com. Voice of America News, 10 Sept. 2013. Web. 27
Apr. 2014.
<http://www.voanews.com/content/children-in-armed-conflict-abused-andexploited/1746862.html>.
Description: This source explains the exploitation of children during conflict.
8. "United Nations Treaty Collection." UNTC. United Nations, n.d. Web. 08 May
2014.
<https://treaties.un.org/pages/ViewDetails.aspx?src=TREATY&mtdsg_no=IV11-b&chapter=4&lang=en>.
Description: This source outlines UN protocol on children in armed conflict.
9. "The United Nations Working Together With the African Union To Protect
Children in Armed Conflict." UN.org. Office of the Special Representative of
the Secretary General, 19 Sept. 2013. Web. 27 Apr. 2014.
<http://childrenandarmedconflict.un.org/press-release/the-un-workingtogether-with-au/>.
Description: This source outlines the UN working together to help children in armed
conflict.
168
10. "YEMEN: Conflict Generating More Child Soldiers." IRINnews. IRIN, 20 July
2011. Web. 27 Apr. 2014. <http://www.irinnews.org/report/93281/yemenconflict-generating-more-child-soldiers>.
Description: This source is an article on child soldiers and children in Yemen
conflict.
169
Press Corps
Topic 1: Journalist Rights
According to Article 19 from the 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights (UDHR),
“Everyone has the right to freedom of opinion and expression; this right includes freedom to
hold opinions without interference and to seek, receive, and impart information and ideas
through any media and regardless of frontier.” This is not always possible because of the
restrictions governments are putting on their publications and journalists. Journalists around
the world are limited in what they can say and do in many countries, while other countries
have total freedom of what they can do.
All countries are different in relation to the rights that they give to the press. Some give
their journalists freedom of press, but still try to restrict it while others just do not give
them many rights at all. In many countries, journalists are being persecuted for their
reporting. In Britain, the government has begun treating journalists as terrorists according
to Sarah Harrison. After the creation the UK Terrorism Act of 2000, the government is not
allowing documents from journalists to be classified because there could be a risk of
terrorism if these documents are kept classified. Another restriction of the rights of
journalists is in China, three journalists were arrested for reporting public incidents in
Tiananmen Square. Many people saw these incidents, including an attempted selfimmolation, but the government did not want these stories published so they arrested the
writers. When the director of a human rights website proceeded to publish these stories,
police officers arrived to arrest her and confiscate her electronic devices that stored
information on the stories.
Press freedom suffered in many countries around the world in the past few years. The
Committee of Public Journalists (CPJ) reports a Risk List. This list is meant to “identify ten
countries where press freedom suffered the most.” Half of the countries on their 2012 list
“practice some form of democracy and exert significant influence on a regional or
international stage.” These journalists are restricted on what the government allows them to
publish. Silencing journalists causes their citizens to not have full knowledge of what is
happening in their country. According to Sina Odugbemi of the World Bank, “an informed
public opinion is what leaders fear most.” The CPJ is trying to implement the five-year-old
UN resolution Article 19 of the 1948 UDHR. This article would make freedom of the press a
right across many nations. Many countries are not in favor of this article being implemented
because it allows total press freedom across the globe so they cannot restrict it on a caseby-case basis like they do now.
Each country has their own rights for journalists. Some exercise prior review, read by
executive persons before publication, and prior restraint, allows government to censor the
publication, while others give journalists freedom to print what they want as long as it is
within the law. Creating similar rights for journalists across the world is necessary in order
to allow everyone to receive the same information despite the country they are located.
170
Discussion Questions:
1. What are the restrictions on your news service’s rights and why do they exist?
2. What issues have arisen from the restrictions on rights?
3. What solutions does your publication support?
Resources:
1. Article 19: Defending Freedom of Expression and Information. N.p., n.d. Web.
25 Apr. 2014. <http://www.article19.org/index.php?lang=en>.
Description: Information about press rights and restriction, mainly relating to the
UDHR article 19.
2. BBC News. BBC, 2013. Web. 25 April 2014. <http://www.bbc.com/news/>.
Description: British news service trusted across the world. A good service to
compare your news service to.
3. Committee to Protect Journalists. Committee to Protect Journalists, n.d. Web.
25 April 2014. <http://www.cpj.org/>.
Description: An advocacy of group for journalists. They report on censorship of
journalist and attacks against them.
4. "Council of National Journalism Organizations." Council of National Journalism
Organizations. N.p., n.d. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.journalismassociations.com/>.
Description: Council created to encourage the exchange of ideas and information
among multiple journalism organizations.
5. Guardian News and Media, n.d. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.theguardian.com/us>.
Description: Trusted news service across the world with editions from the United
States, the United Kingdom, and Australia.
6. "International Code: Declaration of the Rights and Duties of Journalists." RJI.
N.p., n.d. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.rjionline.org/MAS-Codes-International-Declaration>.
Description: A copy of the Declaration of the Rights and Duties of Journalists.
7. International Federation of Journalists. International Federation of Journalists,
171
n.d.Web. 25 April 2014. <http://www.ifj.org/en>.
Description: An international trade union for journalists, they advocate for
journalists’ rights across the world.
8. "Media Freedom." Freedom House. N.p., n.d. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.freedomhouse.org/issues/media-freedom#.U11-_FzDKlI>.
Description: Organization dedicated to the expansion of freedom in many areas
including media freedom.
9. "NHK WORLD - English." NHK WORLD. N.p., n.d. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www3.nhk.or.jp/nhkworld>.
Description: A trusted international news source.
10. "Press Freedom." International Press Institute: Freemedia.at. N.p., n.d. Web.
25 Apr.2014. <http://ipi.freemedia.at/>.
Description: Information on press rights from journalists and editors in more than
120 countries.
172
Topic 2: Invasion of Privacy
As defined by the Legal Dictionary, invasion of privacy is the intrusion into the personal life
of another, without just cause. This encompasses publicizing one’s private affairs without
permission, disclosing shameful confidential information, portraying a subject in a false light
to the public eye and appropriating an image for commercial advantage. [sl2]
The United Nations Declaration of Human Rights recognizes privacy as a rudiment of human
existence, but there are still countries that do not explicitly state entitlement to it in their
constitutions. Such nations include Ireland, India and the United States. In 1995, the
European Union released a directive mandating that “Protection of Individuals with regard to
the processing of personal date and on the movement of such data” is a basic and universal
right. Yet, countless instances of publications being sued for this common journalistic crime
are still evident. Examination regarding just how censored this practice is in other nations
combined with establishment of an all-encompassing definition of what is acceptable and
what is unacceptable would provide a vital stepping stone for the global press.
As time passes, national governments are revising data protection laws for a few prominent
reasons. To begin with, dictatorial regimes in Central Europe and South America throughout
history have infamously and repeatedly infringed upon the general right to invasion of
privacy. As a paradigm, Hitler’s fascist reign of vehement Anti-Semitism, beginning in 1933
when he was elected Chancellor of Germany, started with taking away the freedom from
invasion of privacy through mail, telephone and telegraph. Nazis were also entitled to
search a household without warrant, which had been prohibited under the formerly
democratic republic of the German Reich.[sl3]
Journalists often confuse invasion of privacy with the public’s right to be informed, which
leads to legal complications. The San Francisco Chronicle issues three general guidelines to
staff writers to make an informed decision as to whether or not publicizing certain
confidential pieces of information is ethical. They are as follows: consideration of whether or
not the news value attached to the fact outweighs impending damages, speculation
regarding if the story can be covered from a different angle to avoid personal offense, and
finally evaluation having to do with all other sources not yielding the information
needed.[sl4]
The Press Corps must collaborate in order to develop a universal set of guidelines that the
United Nations can implement for all countries involved. These rules must detail casespecific boundaries for when a journalist is entitled to publish intimate information and when
they must abstain from doing so.
173
Discussion Questions:
1. Does your country have preexisting laws regarding invasion of privacy and its
supplementary consequences and if so, what do they mandate?
2. Has the United Nations made any notable attempts to establish a ubiquitous set of
guidelines for journalists to follow when it comes to this topic?
3. Does your country have a history of conflict between the press and the general
population when it comes to unwanted publicized information?
4. How does your country keep a balance between the public right to know and invasion of
privacy, and which information is prohibited from being disclosed?
Resources:
1. Craig, John DR. "Invasion of Privacy and Charter Values:." Law Journal. McGill,
Aug. 1997. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://lawjournal.mcgill.ca/userfiles/other/7301209-42.Craig.pdf>.
Description: A comprehensive review of the way invasion of privacy is responded to in
different countries located all over the world
2. "French Legislation on Privacy." - France in the United States/ Embassy of France in
Washington. Legal and Technical Office of Information and Communication, 2
Dec. 2007. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://ambafrance-us.org/spip.php?article640>.
Description: A piece citing specific clauses in French legislation that have to do with the
press coming into conflict with commoners over invasion of privacy
3. Keenan, Kevin M. "Invasion of Privacy: A Reference Handbook." Google Books.
Google, 14 July 2005. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://books.google.com/books?id=STJjDJJsXT0C&pg=PA32&lpg=PA32&dq=i
nvasion+of+privacy+conflict&source=bl&ots=iwVpXIx2AS&sig=KNWBM2rM_bM
GO2G7Q0HxraxdkP8&hl=en&sa=X&ei=tBRbU8GyG8WisATm1oCYDQ&ved=0CFc
Q6AEwBg#v=onepage&q=invasion%20of%20privacy%20conflict&f=false>.
Description: A reference manual that provides a detailed explanation of invasion of privacy
as a global concept, as well as the violations that go along with it
4. McSmith, Andy. ""Google Faces Landmark Fine for 'gross Invasion of Privacy'"" The
Independent. Independent Digital News and Media, 25 Oct. 2010. Web. 25 Apr.
174
2014.
<http://www.independent.co.uk/news/media/online/google-faces-landmarkfine-for-gross-invasion-of-privacy-2115644.html>.
Description: A composition that presents the story of Google being the first major
company accused of violating British privacy laws as well as the effects that this had on the
region's view on the issue
5. Okamoto, Noriko. "Protection of Celbrities in Japan: Case Analysis of Defamation
and Invasion of Privacy." Stanford University. Stanford University, Apr. 2009.
Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.law.stanford.edu/sites/default/files/biblio/108/138891/doc/slspub
lic/NorikoOkamoto-ta2009.pdf>.
Description: A Stanford graduate presents a study on Japanese public figures and their
encounters with the press as his senior thesis
6. "Privacy and Human Rights - Overview." Privacy and Human Rights - Overview.
Global Internet Liberty Campaign, May 2000. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://gilc.org/privacy/survey/intro.html>.
Description: An article that provides insight into the different reasons that countries are
strengthening laws in the field of privacy, along with supplementary footnotes that provide
more information
7. Rodriguez, Katitza. "EFF to the United Nations: Protect Individuals Right to Privacy
in The Digital Age." Electronic Frontier Foundation. Digital Reality, 10 Mar.
2014. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2014/02/eff-un>.
Description: An article from the Electronic Frontier Foundation detailing Human Rights
Committee advances to protect privacy in the digital age
8. "SPLC." Invasion of Privacy Law. Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press, Fall
2011. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.splc.org/knowyourrights/legalresearch.asp?id=29>.
Description: A comprehensive definition of the term "invasion of privacy" presented by the
Student Press Law Center of the United States
9. Sullivan, Bob. "Online Privacy Fears Are Real." Msnbc.com. National Broadcasting
Company, 6 Dec. 2013. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
175
<http://www.nbcnews.com/id/3078835/t/online-privacy-fears-arereal/#.U1sh-JUU_cs>.
Description: A piece in which a reporter describes the potential dangers that disclosure of
public information over the Internet can cause
10. Yenko, Athena. "AU Media Slammed Over Royals' Invasion of Privacy."
International Business Times. N.p., 23 Apr. 2014. Web. 23 Apr. 2014.
<http://au.ibtimes.com/articles/549199/20140423/royal-tour-australia-dukeduchess-australian-media.htm#.U1h1N5UU_cs>.
Description: A recent report displaying a conflict between the British royal family and the
Australian press that acts as an example of a clash between prominent figures and the
media
176
Topic 3: Digital Darkroom in Journalism
Adobe Photoshop is a graphics editing program [sl6] first released in 2003 by Adobe
Systems, and its features include, but are not limited to, the ability to crop, balance colors
and tones, and format pictures to individual liking.
Photoshop and similar sister programs have posed a challenge to photojournalists that
strive to abide by the ethics that were established as early as the nineteenth century. Digital
manipulation of photos can permanently damage a journalist’s credibility and therefore
destroy trust among the demographic that they serve through their work.
During the 2006 Lebanon War, photographer Adnan Hajj submitted two or more images
that falsely portrayed war zone conditions. He altered the images to make it appear as if
there was more smoke billowing in the air from the buildings at Beirut, and formatted
another image to make more flares appear to be dropping from the plane. This issue is not
only prevalent in the Middle East, but it also plagues North American nations. Just recently,
lingerie company Aerie refused to continue using Photoshop to edit their magazine ads in an
attempt to show the true female form. Similarly, publications are attempting to minimize
the digital darkroom editing process so that the changes made do not butcher the content of
the photographs.[sl7]
In recent years, the computerized digital darkroom has replaced the standard chemical
darkroom, which is only capable of performing simple operations that do not drastically alter
the news quality of the photos. Functions capable of being performed in a chemical
darkroom include dodging and burning, used to enhance or depress certain areas of a photo
to make certain subjects more visible and prevalent.
Practising Global Journalism: Exploring Reporting Issues Worldwide by John Herbert
provides insight into the role of a journalist in the new age of digitization. Often times,
reporters are responsible for editing their own supplementary photos to accompany their
stories. Digital darkroom software can adequately perform tasks beyond basic edits. These
include scanning, color correction and color separation. While some editors view this as an
extension of the creative process, others feel that it puts the integrity and credibility of their
publications in jeopardy.
Another famous instance of digital manipulation can be seen in the year 1917 in a famous
photo by Elise Wright and Frances Griffiths depicting “fairies” in their garden in Cottingley,
England. Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, author of the Sherlock Holmes series, gave credence to
these photographs. However, many speculate and come to the conclusion that they do not
shine light on the truth of the situation.
As journalists, it is the job of the Press Corps to abide by ethical photojournalistic digital
manipulation rules. Any changes made to photographs should not jeopardize their feasibility
and should not mislead the target demographic in any way. Cropping a photo, naturally
enhancing its tones and resizing it according to specification are three of the limited
acceptable edits that can be made to a newsworthy photo after it is taken.[sl8]
177
Discussion Questions:
1. Has there been a well renowned controversy in your country regarding the unethical and
unrealistic editing of a photo that accompanies a news story, and what does it entail?
2. Does your country make use of digital darkroom software including Adobe Photoshop and
related programs at press headquarters?
3. Attach a photo that displays unethical digital manipulation and explain the ways in which
it could be corrected to shine light upon the truth of the situation.
4. List five false techniques that the media uses to alter photos so that they do not portray
true events.
Resources:
1. Bersak, Daniel R. "Ethics in Photojournalism: Past, Present, and Future." MIT.
Massachusetts Institue of Technology, Sept. 2006. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://web.mit.edu/drb/Public/PhotoThesis/>.
Description: A thesis by a photo student at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology that
chronologically documents how photo ethics have changed from their fundamentals as time
passes
2. Burkholder, Carolynne. "Journalism Ethics Online Journalism Ethics
Photojournalism." Journalism Ethics Online Journalism Ethics Photojournalism.
University of Wisconsin-Madison, 2009. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.journalismethics.info/online_journalism_ethics/photojournalism.ht
m>.
Description: A University of Wisconsin sponsored composition that states some of the
issues that are often present in the world of online journalism
3. Coleman, Stephen E. Digital Photo Manipulation: A Descriptive Analysis of Codes of
Ethics and Ethical Decisions of Photo Editors. N.p.: ProQuest, 2007. Web. 25
Apr. 2014.
<http://books.google.com/books?id=gZ8P8ijgykEC&dq=digital+darkroom+ethi
cs&source=gbs_navlinks_s>.
Description: A book that instructs photojournalists on how to best edit their photos while
still preserving credibility and fulfilling the mission of staying true to the events depicted
through their work
4. Cromey, Daniel. "The Darkroom Is Closed. Introducing Digital Image Ethics to a
New Generation." Cambridge Journals Online. University of Arizona, 26 July 2009.
Web. 25 Apr. 2014. <http://dx.doi.org/10.1017/S1431927609098006>.
178
Description: An abstract that presents ethics surrounding digital darkroom tools that are
made available through 21st century technology
5. Degen, Guy. "Digital Photo Editing and the Ethical Line between Aesthetics and
Truth? - Photography - English - DW.DE." OnMedia. Deutsche Welle, 13 Dec.
2012. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://onmedia.dw-akademie.de/english/?p=6831>.
Description: An interview with Claudio Palmisano, an employee at the 10b Photography
Laboratory in Rome, that gives insight into an expert point of view regarding the
manipulation of photographs
6. Hancock, Mark M. "Ethics in the Age of Digital Manipulation." Global Journalist.
Missouri School of Journalism, 1 July 2009. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.globaljournalist.org/stories/2009/07/01/ethics-in-the-age-ofdigital-manipulation/>.
Description: A Dallas journalist offers reasoning behind why certain news organizations
feel the need to manipulate their photos
7. Herbert, John. "Practising Global Journalism: Exploring Reporting Issues
Worldwide." Google Books. Focal Press, 2001. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://books.google.com/books/about/Practising_Global_Journalism.html?id=
IrKqMGBzRjQC>.
Description: A book that exposes the issues that underscore the global media
marketplace, not just in the field of photography, but in all fields encompassed
8. Krusch, David. "Doctoring the Truth: Photo Manipulation and Fraud During the
Israel-Hizbullah Conflict." Doctoring the Truth: Photo Manipulation and Fraud
During the Israel-Hizbullah Conflict. American-Israeli Cooperative Enterprise, 17
Jan. 2007. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.jewishvirtuallibrary.org/jsource/History/doctoredphotos1.html>.
Description: An analysis of the misleading photographs that Adnan Hajj took during the
Lebanon War, supplemented by the actual photographs and additional examples of photo
fraud
9. LaFarge, Antoinette. "Cottingley Fairies (Elsie Wright + Frances Griffiths) | Fictive
Art." Cottingley Fairies (Elsie Wright + Frances Griffiths). Fictive Art, 2007.
Web. 25 Apr. 2014.<http://fictive.arts.uci.edu/cottingley_fairies>.
179
Description: A piece that examines the interesting case of the Cottingley fairies, thought
by many to be one of the first instances of photo trickery, although some believe that the
prints are genuine
10. "NPPA Code of Ethics." NPPA. National Press Photographers Association, 2012.
Web. 25Apr. 2014.<https://nppa.org/code_of_ethics>.
Description: The NPPA code of ethics that news photographers must adhere to
180
Security Council
Topic 1: Decolonization
The worst effect of colonization on human history is its distortion of our collective view of
the past. Such were the sentiments of U.S President Barack Obama, despite his nation
being one of the few still holding colonial possessions. The act of colonization is loosely
defined by one nation or people exerting indirect or direct influence on another, via
economic, political, or cultural means. For millennia this action has been the motif of
prosperity (and often the harbinger of inevitable decline) of just about every major empire.
Whether it was the Mediterranean vassals of the Roman Empire, the Russian imperialism of
the other Soviet Republics, or the well-known European colonization of the Americas and
Africa, colonization has had a powerful role in shaping the course of human events, and
even today has important effects on international relations
The United Nations currently identifies 17 non self-governing territories (NGTs). These nonself-governing territories are mostly islands in the Caribbean, Atlantic, and the Pacific. The
primary nations responsible for holding onto these satellites are the United States, the
United Kingdom, France, and New Zealand. The United Nations has made its stance on the
continual existence of these territories clear, labeling 2011- 2020 the Third International
Decade for the Eradication of Colonialism, pushing many nations (even those with former
colonies of their own) to also advocate for the end of this practice. The UN has most
certainly had an influence on the independence gained by many former colonies, with 80
nations gaining independence since the organization’s founding. In 1990, the General
Assembly passed the Declaration on the Granting of Independence of Colonial Countries and
Peoples, which unequivocally stated that the colonization exerted upon certain peoples of
the world was reflective of tyranny and subjugation. The Special Committee on
Decolonization works in regard to advocating independence for the 17 remaining nongoverning territories. Despite the UN’s positions, it can be argued that some of these NGTs
wish not to be decolonized at all- as having “parent” nation may allow for military
protection, and continual economic prosperity through trade.
The Security Council has a large role concerning the process of decolonization. As the
“executive arm” of the United Nations, it has unique powers to mandate the independence
of colonial possessions, or the lessening of indirect influence exerted by global powers. It
also has the ability to enforce these mandates via economic or military means. However,
many of the aforementioned “global powers” are members of the Security Council, and
would most likely advocate for their own interests. Delegates should write resolutions
concerning the future of the 17 NGTs, and how the international community would serve in
the construction of new national governments and the like, should the Council choose to
advocate for their independence. Additionally, the Security Council should discuss how
political and economic stability will be maintained should decolonization continue, or
accelerate. Delegates should also discuss the nature of “indirect” colonization, and how the
issue should be addressed.
181
Discussion Questions
1. Should the UN have any role in decolonization at all? If so, how direct should that
role be? If not, how will this issue be addressed?
2. Should the remaining NGTs be granted their independence? What are the potential
drawbacks and advantages of independence, for the citizens of those territories, and
for the world?
3. How should newly independent nations be treated by the international community?
How will the UN ensure that these nations have strong political and economic
foundations?
4. Should indirect influence by global powers on weaker nations be considered a
negative phenomenon? If so, how should the UN work to correct these issues? If not,
how should those indirectly influenced nations advocate for their interests?
Resources:
1. "The United Nations and Decolonization." UN News Center. UN, n.d. Web. 25 Apr.
2014.
< https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/#inbox/145a9d483c35dcba?projector=1>
Description: Article describes UN policy concerning decolonization.
2. "The United Nations and Decolonization." UN News Center. UN, n.d. Web. 24 Apr.
2014.
< http://www.un.org/en/decolonization/nonselfgovterritories.shtml>
Description: The official UN tally of non-self-governing territories
3. "Decolonization and Nationalism Triumphant: Crash Course World History
#40."YouTube.
Crash Course, 25 Oct. 2012. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T_sGTspaF4Y>
Description: YouTube video briefly explaining decolonization during the 20 th Century.
4. "Graphic: Mapping a Superpower-sized Military." National Post News Graphic
Mapping a Superpowersized Military Comments. Richard Johnson, 25 Oct. 2011.
Web. 24 Apr. 2014.
<http://news.nationalpost.com/2011/10/28/graphic-mapping-a-superpower
sized-military/>
Description: Graphic reflecting the number of American military bases around the world.
5. Kudashkina, Ekaterina. "21st Century Colonialism: A New Scramble for Africa."The
Voice of Russia. The Voice of Russia, 7 Mar. 2013. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
182
<http://voiceofrussia.com/2013_03_07/21st-century-colonialism-a-new
scramble-for-Africa/>
Description: A Russian perspective of how colonialism is reflected in modern-day actions in
Africa.
6. "EU and Russian Spheres of Influence since 1991 – Interactive."Theguardian.com.
Guardian News and Media, 30 Apr. 2013. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.theguardian.com/world/interactive/2013/apr/30/eu-russianspheres-influence-interactive>
Description: Interactive map describing economic spheres of influence in Europe over the
past few decades.
7. "What the UN Can Do to Assist Non Governing Territories." United Nations, n.d.
Web.
< http://www.un.org/en/decolonization/pdf/decolonization_rev_may09.pdf>
Description: Article describing how the United Nations can assist non-governing territories.
8. Non-Self Governing Territories. Digital image. United Nations, Nov. 2013. Web.
< http://www.un.org/Depts/Cartographic/map/profile/nonselfe.pdf>
Description: Official UN map of non-self-governing territories.
9. Rosseau, Richard. "Will China Colonize and Incorporate Siberia?" Harvard
International Review. N.p., 9 July 2012. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://hir.harvard.edu/will-china-colonize-and-incorporatesiberia?page=0,0>
Description: Compelling article describing the potential expansionist goals of the PRC.
10. "U.S. Imperialism's New Cold War and Ukraine." Workers World. N.p., 2 Mar.
2014. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.workers.org/articles/2014/03/02/u-s-imperialisms-new-cold-war
ukraine>
Description: Leftist perspective on recent events in Ukraine.
183
Topic 2: Global Terrorism
The founding of the United Nations was supposed to signal the beginning of a new era, in
which war was an obscure, alien memory from the past, and all peoples and nations lived in
harmony. Nevertheless, the second half of the twentieth century was dominated by conflict
from the Cold War, a struggle between the United States and the U.S.S.R. As the Cold War
drew to a close, a new threat kept the world from realizing the ideals the UN had set several
decades before: terrorism. Although it has no internationally recognized legal definition,
terrorism is generally characterized as individuals attempting to achieve political or cultural
goals through the utilization of violent attacks meant to create fear. These attacks are most
frequently committed against civilians, and usually involve deeply rooted ethnic, religious,
or otherwise cultural disputes. The security of the world has been significantly affected by
these issues, particularly in the last three decades.
Terrorism has been especially prevalent in the Middle East since heightened tensions began
developing after the conclusion of World War II. Notably, animosity between Israel and its
Arab neighbors fueled a series of terrorist activities in the past half-century, with the
perpetrators on both sides of the conflict. Revolutionary forces in the Northern Africa and
the Middle East region have used terrorist tactics, including members of the Syrian rebel
groups and the Ugandan Lord’s Resistance Army. Additionally, the presence of European
and American nations in the region, whether through political influence or actual military
presence, has created much tension between them and the natives of this region. From the
Western perspective, the need for fossil fuels and the preservation of geopolitical stability
are the catalysts of remaining in the area. Starting in the 1980s, middle-eastern affiliated
terrorist groups have bombed the embassies from these Western nations, detonated bombs
in cities, and attacked military targets. This culminated in the attacks on the World Trade
Center in September 2001, which served as the impetus for NATO renewing the “War on
Terror”.
Terrorism exists beyond these aforementioned well-known conflicts. In many European and
American nations, domestic terrorism is a major issue. Drug cartels in South America exert
pressure on the governments of their nations via attacks on law enforcement and civilians.
In China, much tension (and often violence) arises between the various ethnic groups,
especially those who wish to separate from the PRC. Such separatists often have support
from other nations. Central Africa is one region of the world that may suffer from terrorism
to the highest degree. Militia groups (and also government forces) commit atrocities on
innocent individuals in order to gain political power. In fact, in April 2014, the terrorist
group Boko Haram set off a bomb in the Central African Republic’s capital, killing 70 people.
The governments of the CRA, and neighboring nations, are generally unable to protect their
people from such threats- as such many argue that the international community should act.
The UN has held a strong stance against terrorism, creating an official “Strategy” for
fighting the degenerative effects terrorism causes. All member states have agreed to the
Strategy, which reflects increasing international cooperation concerning the War on Terror.
Despite this increased cooperation, friction concerning this issue still exists between many
different nations, and throughout certain regions of the world. One key issue that arises is
the treatment of nations that harbor terrorists to varying degrees. The United Nations has
imposed sanctions on many governments that have harbored terrorists, including the
former Taliban government of Afghanistan. Despite UN actions, many nations that are the
“victims” of terrorism choose to take matters into their own hands, such as the NATO
invasion of Afghanistan in 2001. On the other hand, some nations are accused of funneling
supplies and money to certain terrorist groups, much to the dismay of the international
community.
184
The Security Council has a central role in regards to how the UN should treat terrorism,
perhaps the greatest modern threat to international peace and stability. Delegates should
decide when military and political actions (including, but not limited to the deployment of
peacekeepers and the enactment of sanctions) are necessary in order to prevent terrorist
groups from gaining power in various nations. Additionally, the Security Council must define
what exactly it means to be “harboring” or “supplying” terrorists, and how the international
community should respond. Finally, the Council should discuss how to handle the various
acts of terrorism being committed around the world, and how to prevent terrorism in the
future.
185
Discussion Questions:
1. How exactly should terrorism be defined? At what point is UN intervention needed in
response to acts of terror, domestic or international?
2. What should be considered harboring terrorists? How can the international
community prevent nations from harboring terrorists, while also respecting national
sovereignty?
3. Concerning the retaliation against acts of terrorism, should nations act individuals or
should the international community be involved? What measures are necessary in
order to combat terrorists?
4. Should the UN intervene if a particular nation is supplying terrorists? What measures
should be taken?
5. How can the UN ease the cultural, ethnic, and religious tensions in various regions to
ensure that terrorism does not remain as prevalent in the future? What exactly are
the causes of terrorism?
Resources:
1. "Information on Over 113,000 Terrorist Attacks." Global Terrorism Database. N.p.,
n.d. Web. 25 Apr. 2014. <http://www.start.umd.edu/gtd/>
Description: Database detailing various terrorist attacks in different nations and during
different years.
2. "United Nations Action to Counter Terrorism." UN News Center. UN, n.d. Web. 25
Apr.2014<http://www.easybib.com/cite/view>.
Description: Main UN cite detailing its counterterrorism activities.
3. Lehr, Deborah, and Eric Cline. "Cultural Terrorism Has Swept the Middle East."US
News. U.S.News & World Report, 21 Feb. 2014. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.usnews.com/opinion/articles/2014/02/19/the-united-statesshould-combat-cultural-terrorism-in-the-middle-east>.
Description: Article describing domestic terrorism currently sweeping through the middle
east.
4. Nugent, John. "Six Places At Risk Of Terrorism In Africa." Forbes. Forbes Magazine,
06 Feb. 2014. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.forbes.com/sites/riskmap/2014/02/06/six-places-at-risk-ofterrorism-in-africa/>.
Description: Article details at-risk locations for terrorist activities in Africa.
5. "Threat of Terrorist Attack in Europe Still ‘serious’, Warns EU Security Chief."RSS.
N.p., 11 Mar. 2014. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.euronews.com/2014/03/11/threat-of-terrorist-attack-in-europe
186
ill-serious-warns-eu-security-chief/>.
Description: This article describes how EU government officials are wary of a terrorist
attack against Europe.
6. Rogers, Simon. "Four Decades of US Terror Attacks Listed and
Detailed."Theguardian.com. Guardian News and Media, 17 Apr. 2013. Web. 25
Apr. 2014.
<http://www.theguardian.com/news/datablog/2013/apr/17/four-decades-usterror-attacks-listed-since-1970>/
Description: Database of terrorist attacks, both domestic and foreign, against the United
States.
7. "National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism: Annex
of Statistical Information." U.S. Department of State. U.S. Department of State, 30
May 2013. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.state.gov/j/ct/rls/crt/2012/210017.htm>.
Description: US state department study compiling the statistics of terrorist attacks.
8. Chung, Chien-peng. "China's 'War on Terror': September 11 and Uighur
Separatism." Council on Foreign Relations. Council on Foreign Relations, 01 July
2002. Web. 5 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.cfr.org/china/chinas-war-terror-september-11-uighurseparatism/p4765>.
Description: Article provides the Chinese perspective on the implications brought on by the
September 2001 attacks, and its own conflicts with terrorism.
9. Sullivan, Mark P., and June S. Beittel. Latin America: Terrorism Issues. Rep. N.p.:
n.p., n.d. Congressional Research Service. Web.
<http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/terror/RS21049.pdf>.
Description: US government report detailing terrorist threats in Latin America.
10. "Will There Be More?" The Economist. The Economist Newspaper, 04 Jan. 2014.
Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.economist.com/news/europe/21592672-russians-feel-vulnerableafter-two-bombings-volgograd-will-there-be-more>
Description: Article describing recent, and potential, terrorist activity in Russia.
187
Topic 3: Surveillance Technologies
The first decade of the twenty-first century has been dubbed the beginning of a new era:
the Information Age. For many in the developed world, the obscurities of history, the
complexities of politics, and the wonder of social media are more accessible they have ever
been. The rise of the internet, cellular communication devices, and global media has allowed
individuals to be aware of occurrences from across the world. These technological
innovations, however, affirm one fundamental truth: privacy is a concept of the past. As
such, an issue that arises in this new era is the utilization of surveillance technologies by
national governments and other groups to spy on foreign nations, and monitor the activities
of their own citizens. Other technologies, such as advanced satellite imaging and unmanned
drones allow governments to spy on nations around the world, even in remote areas. The
extraction and compilation of internet data and the use of phone wiretapping also allow
those performing these covert operations access to communication information.
The most glaring example of the use of surveillance technology was the use of mass
surveillance by the United States National Security Agency (NSA). Through the utilization of
a strategy dubbed “PRISM” the NSA collected electronic information on a massive scale via
wildly- used internet sites. The United States also had international partners in conducting
this program, most notably the United Kingdom, which used this program as well.
Additionally, the NSA was also found responsible for spying on foreign nations (including its
own allies), and the use of wiretapping (those these latter actions were not necessarily
products of the PRISM program). So-called “whistleblowers”, those in the US government
and military that exposed these actions to the public, were either given criminal sentences,
or escaped the country. Massive surveillance goes beyond actions taken by the United
States, however. Many Chinese companies (allegedly with the support of the Chinese
government) are known for electronically collecting data from American and European
consumers via internet viruses. Indeed, the Chinese government is responsible for keeping
tight control over its populace’s access to media by constantly monitoring the internet.
Additionally, many nations, such as Russia, Iran, and India, have passed laws granting the
national government the ability to conduct electronic espionage, to varying degrees, on its
own people without warrants.
The United Nations’ position on this issue has been made known by a General Assembly
resolution on December 14, 2013. It asserted that the right to privacy, and from both
domestic and international surveillance, was a fundamental human right. This resolution
outlined the dilemma this right faces in the modern world: technology allows privacy to be
infringed in countless ways. However, this declarative resolution had the support of many in
the international community, and was introduced by Brazil and Germany. Most would agree
the privacy is at least a partial right of the people, but many nations disagree with exactly
what degree of privacy should be compromised in the name of security. After the NSA
“scandal” of 2013-2014, many in the international community began distrusting the actions
of the United States, and expressed their desire for UN agreements banning the use of
surveillance against other nations, especially without adequate reasons for doing so.
However, many in the United States believe that the use of these surveillance technologies
on foreign nations help prevent international terrorists from entering the country. The
arguments of the governments of certain nations that allow for the collection of private
information without warrants, such as India, Iran, and Russia, argue that such practices are
necessary to keep an orderly populace, and to ensure that insurrection is promptly
dissipated. On the other hand, many human rights organizations argue that such intolerable
policies diminish Freedom of Speech. Finally, many developed nations worry about the
threat of non-governmental groups, especially terrorist organizations, from obtaining
technologies capable of performing surveillance actions, as such abilities would give these
groups economic, political, and, to an extent, military power- and these groups gaining such
188
abilities would surely destabilize global security.
The Security Council must mediate the disputes among member nations as to the viability of
widespread surveillance as a security measure. Lingering friction between the United States
and many other developed nations over the recent NSA scandal must be addressed. Also,
the call of many nations to end the practice of warrantless information gathering by national
governments should also be discussed. However, the Council must bear in mind the
potential benefits of these surveillance practices as well, namely, the preservation of
international security. Additionally, the Council should address the concerns of many small
and developing nations of larger nations’ surveillance programs. Finally, the Security Council
should decide the potential human rights violations that occur when a government conducts
mass surveillance on its own people.
Discussion Questions:
1. When one nation utilizes surveillance technologies against another, what should the
response of the United Nations be? Are such convert strategies infringements on
national sovereignty? When are they justifiable?
2. To what extent should a government monitor its own people, electronically or
otherwise? Is excessive monitoring a breach of human rights? Should the
international community become involved in extreme cases?
3. How can the United Nations regulate the spread of these technologies around the
world in order to stop insurgent groups from gaining access to them? Does the UN
have this responsibility?
4. How should nations treat “whistleblowers”? Is it right for foreign nations to give
these individuals asylum? How should the UN involve itself with this issue?
Resources:
1. "Will There Be More?" The Economist. The Economist Newspaper, 04 Jan. 2014.
Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.theguardian.com/world/interactive/2013/nov/01/snowden-nsafiles-surveillance-revelations-decoded#section/1>
Description: Article/infographic explaining the recent NSA revelations.
2. Worstall, Tim. "NSA's PRISM Sounds Like A Darn Good Idea To Me: This Is What
Governments Are For." Forbes. Forbes Magazine, 06 June 2013. Web. 25 Apr.
2014.
<http://www.forbes.com/sites/timworstall/2013/06/07/nsas-prism-sounds-likea-darn-good-idea-to-me-this-is-what-governments-are-for/>
Description : An article defending the NSA spying practices- reflective of pro-surveillance
arguments used by many governments.
3. "UN General Assembly Adopts Resolution On Privacy And Surveillance."Intellectual
Property Watch RSS. N.p., n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.ip-watch.org/2014/01/08/un-general-assembly-adopts
189
resolution-on-privacy-and-surveillance/>
Description: An article discussing the UN’s recent resolution condemning mass
surveillance.
4. Xynou, Maria. "Big Democracy, Big Surveillance: India's Surveillance
State."OpenDemocracy. N.p., n.d. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.opendemocracy.net/opensecurity/maria-xynou/big-democracybig-surveillance-indias-surveillance-state>.
Description: Describes mass surveillance utilized by the Indian government, one example
of such a practice.
5. Timberg, Craig. "New Surveillance Technology Can Track Everyone in an Area for
Several Hours at a Time." Washington Post. The Washington Post, 14 Feb.
2014. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.washingtonpost.com/business/technology/new-surveillancetechnology-can-track-everyone-in-an-area-for-several-hours-at-atime/2014/02/05/82f1556e-876f-11e3-a5bd-844629433ba3_story.html>
Description: This sheds light on a new form of surveillance technology, representational of
the trend of new technologies enabling surveillance on a larger and larger scale.
6. Gordts, Eline. "NSA Spying Scandal: EU Sends Team To U.S. To Seek Response To
Allegations." The Huffington Post. TheHuffingtonPost.com, 25 Oct. 2013. Web.
25 Apr. 14.
<http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/10/25/nsa-spyingeu_n_4162418.html>
Description: Article details the international response to the recent NSA scandal.
7. Schmitt, Eric. "U.S. Weighs Base for Spy Drones in North Africa." The New York
Times. The ew York Times, 28 Jan. 2013. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.nytimes.com/2013/01/29/us/us-plans-base-for-surveillancedrones-in-northwest-africa.html>.
Description: Article describes the US establishment of drone bases in Africa.
8. Langfitt, Frank. "In China, Beware: A Camera May Be Watching You." NPR. NPR,
n.d. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.npr.org/2013/01/29/170469038/in-china-beware-a-camera-may190
be-watching-you>
Description: Article describes the mass surveillance used on the public in China.
9. Nyst, Carly. "UN Report: The Link between State Surveillance and Freedom of
Expression." rivacy International. N.p., 4 June 2013. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<https://www.privacyinternational.org/blog/un-report-the-link-between-state-s
urveillance-and-freedom-of-expression>
Description: This article details a previous UN report discussing the prevalence of mass
surveillance, and its negative ramifications.
10. Shirbon, Estelle. "Europe's Spies Work Together on Mass Surveillance:
Guardian."Reuters. Thomson Reuters, 02 Nov. 2013. Web. 25 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/11/02/us-europe-surveillanceidUSBRE9A103K20131102>
Description: Article describes mass surveillance conducted by governments in Western
Europe.
191
Social, Humanitarian, and Cultural Committee
Topic 1: LGBT Rights
In the wider international community, world citizens’ sexual orientations and gender
identities are often considered while governing and administering justice. Due to culturallyembedded beliefs and practices, LGBT (Lesbian; Gay; Bisexual; Transgender) individuals are
subject to violations of their fundamental human rights. While there is no international
consensus in regard to their status, violence and discrimination is a common reaction
among citizens and governments. Openly LGBT citizens face persecution in the form of
assault, torture, imprisonment, and execution.
Given the varying degrees of LGBT protection throughout the world, the United Nations is
challenged to consider the societal norms of its member states while maintaining its
dedication to the preservation of universal human rights. In 2011, the Human Rights
Council adopted Resolution 17/19—the first United Nations resolution pertaining to sexual
orientation and gender identity. Its supporting and detracting member-states offered many
of the few public justifications available for their respective LGBT policies.
The 57 initial opponents of the aforementioned resolution—three of whom have switched to
support it since—are predominantly from African, Asian, and Middle Eastern nations. The
primary objection to the passage of a pro-LGBT resolution is founded in its memorializing
overbearance. According to William R. Slomanson, an international legal analyst at the
Thomas Jefferson School of Law, the opposing nations believe: 1) “sexual orientation is not
a matter of genetic coding”; 2) “the push for memorializing freedom of sexual orientation at
the U.N. has no legal foundation in any international human rights instrument”; 3)
“introducing sexual orientation at this international level delves into matters falling within
the domestic jurisdiction of each nation.”
Strong proponents of fundamental LGBT rights propose the contrary; the Office of the High
Commissioner for Human Rights stipulates that “all people, irrespective of sex, sexual
orientation or gender identity, are entitled to enjoy the protections provided for by
international human rights law.” Furthermore, it is critical to note that the High
Commissioner for Human Rights, Navi Pillay, suggests that “protecting LGBT people from
violence and discrimination does not require the creation of a new set of LGBT-specific
rights, nor does it require the establishment of new international human rights standards.”
In both instances, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights is considered an indispensable
foundational reference document. When legislating and issuing ordinances, governing
bodies are frequently warned to adhere to its principles. Every nation, regardless of its
social and historical context, must strive to preserve a respectable standard of human
rights. Further negotiation and discussion is contingent upon this expectation.
192
Discussion Questions:
1. What are your country’s citizens’ views on LGBT rights? How does the general
population treat LGBT individuals? To what extent can your country ameliorate the
legal condition of LGBT citizens?
2. What intrinsic (social or historical) challenges does your country face in addressing
LGBT equality? How do these challenges influence your country’s relationship with
other nations?
3. How can the United Nations consolidate such broad views on LGBT rights to create a
medium for the governance of LGBT individuals?
Resources:
1. "Combating Discrimination Based on Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity."
Combating Discrimination Based on Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity. United
Nations Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights, n.d. Web. 13 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.ohchr.org/EN/Issues/Discrimination/Pages/LGBT.aspx>
Description: A page from the UNHCR’s policy regarding the protection of LGBT individuals.
This thorough description references several pivotal resolutions and speeches issued by the
separate organs of the U.N.
2. Slomanson, William R. "Human Rights—§10.3.I. GBLT Rights." Fundamental Perspectives
on International Law. 6th ed. Boston, MA: Wadsworth, 2011. Web. 18 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.tjsl.edu/slomansonb/10.3_GLBT_UN.pdf>
Description: A PDF-collection of four different pieces which provide differing perspectives in
support and in opposition to equitable rights for LGBT citizens.
3. Macfarquhar, Neil. "In a First, Gay Rights Are Pressed At the U.N." The New York Times.
The New York Times, 18 Dec. 2008. Web. 22 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.nytimes.com/2008/12/19/world/19nations.html>.
Description: A news article that describes the varying support for an anti-LGBT
discrimination resolution previously introduced in the General Assembly.
4. United Nations. Human Rights Council. Report on Discriminatory laws and practices and
acts of violence against individuals based on their sexual orientation and gender
identity. New York: United Nations, 2011. Web. 18 Apr. 2014.
<http://www2.ohchr.org/english/bodies/hrcouncil/docs/19session/A.HRC.19.41_Engl
ish.pdf>
193
Description: The first-ever United Nations report issued on the treatment of LGBT citizens
in the international community. It provides methods through which international human
rights laws could better serve LGBT individuals.
5. Saner, Emine. "Gay Rights around the World: The Best and Worst Countries for
Equality." The Guardian. Guardian News and Media, 31 July 2013. Web. 21 Apr.
2014. <http://www.theguardian.com/world/2013/jul/30/gay-rights-world-bestworst-countries>.
Description: An extensive investigative article which addresses the improvements and
deficiencies in current international LGBT legal standards.
6. Rodgers, Lucy, Pablo G. Martin, and Steven Connor. "Where Is It Illegal to Be Gay?" BBC
News. N.p., 10 Feb. 2014. Web. 21 Apr. 2014. <http://www.bbc.com/news/world25927595>.
Description: Interactive series of graphs and informational charts which allow a reader to
discern the legal status of LGBT citizens in their respective country.
7. United Nations Free & Equal Campaign. “A History of LGBT Rights at the UN.” Online
video clip. YouTube. YouTube, 9 Dec. 2013. Web. 22 Apr. 2014.
<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XvpHn_zdkTY>
Description: An informative video that summarizes the United Nations’ recently launched
anti-LGBT discrimination campaign—”Free & Equal”
8. Okeowo, Alexis. "A Rising Tide of Anti-Gay Sentiment in Africa." The New Yorker. The
New Yorker, 28 Feb. 2014. Web. 22 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.newyorker.com/online/blogs/newsdesk/2014/02/a-rising-tide-of-antigay-sentiment-in-africa.html>.
Description: Explains the origins of the anti-LGBT sentiment in the African subcontinent. A
beneficial aid to those individuals representing staunchly anti-LGBT nations, many of which
are located in proximity to these African countries.
9. Whitaker, Brian. "The Ongoing Battle for Gay Rights in the Arab World." Foreign Policy.
N.p., 12 Mar. 2012. Web. 22 Apr. 2014.
<http://mideastafrica.foreignpolicy.com/posts/2012/03/12/the_continuing_battle_fo
194
r_gay_rights_in_the_middle_east>.
Description: Explains contentions and sources of conflict for LGBT citizens living in Middle
Eastern countries. Among others, religion and decriminalization of homosexuality are two
conflicting factors addressed in this article.
10. Masci, David, Elizabeth Sciupac, and Michael Lipka. "Gay Marriage Around the World."
Pew Research Centers Religion Public Life Project RSS. Pew Research, 19 Dec. 2013.
Web. 20 Apr. 2014. <http://www.pewforum.org/2013/12/19/gay-marriage-aroundthe-world-2013/>.
Description: A consolidated article about the status of LGBT marital rights across the
world.
195
Topic 2: Educational Equity
Even in the modern day, education is not something that all people of the world have easy
access to. Usually, people in developed countries find education easily, and take it for
granted. This is not the case in other parts of the world, mostly developing countries that
have a history of political and social unrest. Some countries face issues that impede the
administering of education, for a variety of reasons. These regulations include economic,
religious and gender based reasons. A resident of one country should not be restricted of
their most basic right, the right to education, especially when its because of their gender or
social class. The United Nations is strongly against oppressive governments that limit this
right. Education is the basis of human prosperity on a global scale and the UN would like to
assess the acceptance, and the rejection of equal/fair education around the world.
The first question that each nation must address to allow the administering of equal
education is whether or not the respective country’s social norms would allow it. For
example, education is limited to men only of high birth in the Middle East because their
culture only allows this to happen. Neighboring countries as well as ones from around the
U.N. must acknowledge each country’s different social views on education, even if they go
completely against a country’s set ideals. Changing these social norms should be done
diplomatically in a high court, and great respect should be given to those countries
religious/cultural motives.
Next, the second question countries must address is how well the reformed country can
sustain equal education within its borders on an economic standpoint. This is the next tier to
address, because without cultural cooperation will be the hardest to reform. The
sustainment of equal education will cost countries substantial amount of funds to begin if it
is a new institution within that country. The United Nations will pay close attention to a
country’s GDP and original education budgets. If aid is deemed necessary to allow for
steady administering of equal education, those respective countries should expect
involvement lead by UNICEF, and the United Nations Educational Organization.
The basic necessities that are needed to administer education are not always readily
available to some nations, like they are to developed countries. The basic necessities s like
paper and pencils are, in many instances, incredibly difficult to get. Countries must assess
its capabilities of obtaining these materials before pushing the equal administration of
education.
Countries that find it difficult to sustain proper education must acknowledge that it is one of
the most important aspects of human prosperity. Modern nations of SocHum must recognize
the importance of education on a global scale, as fair education will allow for a healthy
economic outlook for the future.
The Council for Social Humanitarian and Cultural Advancement must address the following:
Which countries have the most regulations set against education in their territories, why are
these regulations set and why are they justified, how would education be correctly
administered in countries around the world, and how well certain educational programs
would work if they were implemented in certain areas around the U.N./globe. Resolutions
drafted by delegates should express many of these ideas.
196
Questions:
1. How equal is the education in your country?
2. How well are minority groups in your country educated?
3. How does the United Nations encourage the development of educational equity
around the globe?
Resources:
1. "Education in the Middle East and North Africa." Wikipedia. Wikimedia Foundation, 04
May 2014. Web. 11 Apr. 2014.
Description: A Wikipedia Summary of “Educational Equity”.
2. "Leadership for Educational Equity." Leadership for Educational Equity. Leadership for
Educational Equity, June-July 2013. Web. 11 Apr. 2014.
Description: A non-profit organization that promotes education on a global scale.
Aimed toward low-income households and communities.
3. Education Northwest. "Educational Equity | Education Northwest." Educational Equity |
Education Northwest. Education Northwest, June-July 2012. Web. 11 Apr. 2014.
Description: A basic definition of educational equity.
4. GlobalEdu. "New Ideas to Scale Up and Finance Global Education." The Brookings
Institution. Brookings, 1 Feb. 2014. Web. 11 Apr. 2014.
Description: An international movement that would like educational opportunities to
be equal to all people around the world.
5. BGSU News. "Global Education on a Personal Scale." Global Education on a Personal
Scale. Bowling Green State University, May-June 2011. Web. 11 Apr. 2014.
Description: Article done by a college newspaper that covers the topic of education
on a global scale.
6. United Nations. "Basic Education and Gender Equality." UNICEF - UN. United Nations,
n.d. Web. 04. May 2014. <http://www.unicef.org/education/>
Description: The official website for information on Unicef and the United Nations
move to make education and gender equality more accessible.
197
7. UNGEI. "UNITED NATIONS GIRLS EDUCATION INITIATIVE." UNGEI. UNGEI, 6 July
2012. Web. 04 May 2014. <http://www.ungei.org/whatisungei/>
Description: Ungei, a program that tries to stabilize education for women around
the world. United Nations funded.
8. Fairhead, Fairhead. "The Most Significant Advance for Children in South Africa Since
Apartheid Ended." A Victory for Equal Education in South Africa. Open Society
Functions, 7 July 2012. Web. 04 May 2014.
<http://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/voices/victory-equal-education-southafrica>.
Description: Firsthand accounts of the situation in Africa revolving educational
equity basics.
9. Simply Equal Org. "Simply Equal Education." Simply Equal Education. Simply Equal
Education, 6 June 2011. Web. 04 May 2014.
<http://www.simplyequaleducation.org/>.
Description: The Simply Equal organization is an organization that monitors and
enhances equal education around the globe.
10. Leadershipandequity. "Center for Leadership and Education Equity." Center for
Leadership and Education Equity. Leadershipandequity, 5 Aug. 2011. Web. 08
May 2014. <http://leadershipandequity.org/>
Description: Leadership/Equity is an organization that analyzes the certain condition of
countries around the globe for their equity in education.
198
Topic 3: Rights of Refugees
Refugees are defined as people who seek peace and prosperity in other nations when their
respective territory cannot provide it to them. Every 2 seconds, a person is displaced from
their respective homeland and is made a refugee around the world. A citizen may be
displaced because of war, their ethnic backgrounds or their sexual position. A person may
willingly become a refugee, or they may be forced to flee from a conflict or an organization.
People may become refugees even in a natural disaster situation. These people are
commonly witnesses of acts of violence or disaster on a massive scale and any comfort and
welcome back into normal society is a highly regarded feat. A refugee’s familiar and basic
way of life can be torn from their control over night, and the basic rights that they were able
to practice mostly vanish.
The rights of refugees are based on international laws and treaties that allow the ability to
become self-reliant thru educational opportunity as well as the right to move freely. The
United Nations recognizes two basic types of refugees: ones that have been displaced by
conflict, and ones that have been displaced by natural disaster. The United Nations will act
accordingly to give assistance to these two different types of people in need. Both
conditions of refugees do also exist, and the United Nations will call on an increased amount
of assistance from other countries to assist in these scenarios.
Refugees that are displaced due to a natural disaster are tasked with different problems,
when compared to refugees displaced by war and conflict. Protecting and assisting the most
vulnerable people on Earth is becoming increasingly complicated with the emergence of a
number of complex and interconnected global issues. UN High Commissioner for Refugees
António Guterres has been quoted saying that these issues will always include: population
growth, urbanization, food and energy insecurity, water scarcity, and climate change. The
United Nations will assist the communities of people who it sees are eligible for assistance in
these categories by providing these basic aids.
Refugees that are displaced with conflict are commonly stripped of their basic rights. The
United Nations will act when these rights are violated by host countries and/or the
international community around the world. There are currently 400 civil society groups
around the world that protect the rights and advocate for the freedom of displaced people
and the United Nations supports many of them. Countries who neighbor nations that find it
hard not to engulf themselves in conflict or civil war may commonly receive a significant
flow of refugees. These nations must be ready for situations such as these, and nations
must have pre-determined protocol to deal with these scenarios.
The Social Humanitarian and Cultural Advancement committee of the United Nations must
be ready to institute legislature that will assist oppressed refugees around the world. People
in migration have the right to move freely, and no government should offend these
rights. Protecting the rights of such people is a predominant issue facing the United Nations
protecting these rights is the core mandate of the UN refugee agency. The Council for
Social, Humanitarian and Cultural Advancement will negotiate resolutions that will assist in
the security of rights of refugees.
199
Questions:
1. What are some crises’ that are occurring right now that are causing people to be
displaced?
2. Migrating during a time of distress can be harmful to one’s culture and way of life.
What are some of the situations that displaced peoples find themselves in?
3. How does the United Nations encourage the international community to protect the
rights and liberties of people in migration?
Resources:
1. USCRI, and Kathleen McLaughlin. "Refugee Rights." Refugees Organization. U.S.
Committee for Refugees and Immigrants, 3 Nov. 2014. Web. 13 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.humanrightsfirst.org/topics/refugee-protection>
Description: A non profit organization that helps displaced people practice their
rights, around the world.
2. Hathaway, James C. "Refugee." Wikipedia. Wikimedia Foundation, 04 Oct. 2014. Web. 12
Apr. 2014.
<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Refugee>
Description: Basic background information on Refugees.
3. OED. "Discover the Story of English More than 600,000 Words, over a Thousand Years."
Home : Oxford English Dictionary. OED, June-July 2010. Web. 11 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.oed.com/>
Description: Oxford English Dictionary definition for the term: refugee.
4.UNRWA. "UNRWA | United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the
Near East." UNRWA. United Nation Relief and Work Agency, Jan.-Feb. 2014. Web. 13
Apr. 2014. <http://www.unrwa.org/>
Description: United Nations Relief and Works Agency’s database for refugees.
5. BBC NEWS ASIA. "Burma Unrest: UN Body Says 90,000 Displaced by Violence." BBC
News. British Broadcasting News Asia, 20 June 2012. Web. 13 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-18517412>
Description: A recent scenario in Burma where the rights of refugees was
200
endangered by conflict.
6. NIOR. "Nansen International Office for Refugees." Nansen International Office for
Refugees - History. Nansen International Office for Refugees, Apr.-May 2013. Web.
13 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.nobelprize.org/nobel_prizes/peace/laureates/1938/nansenhistory.html>
Description: A journal entry as to when the League of Nations began to lead the
movement toward the protection of refugee’s rights.
7. UNHCR. "UNHCR." UNHCR News. UNHCR, n.d. Web. 13 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.unhcr.org/cgi-bin/texis/vtx/home>
Description: The United Nations’ Refugee Agency
8. M. Farman-Farmaian M., Mr. "CAR Refugees Have Little in Their Pockets, but Bring Skills
and Enterprise." UNHCR News. The United Nations, 11 Apr. 2014. Web. 13 Apr. 2014.
<https://www.flickr.com/photos/unhcr/13775188693/>
Description: Current situations and hardships that displaced peoples must endure
for everyday life. Insight on modern day refugee movements.
9. UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). "Refugee Resettlement. An International
Handbook to Guide Reception and Integration." Review. Refugee Resetlment 1
(2002): 1-354. Refoworld.com. The United Nations Refugee Agency, Sept. 2002.
Web. 13 Apr. 2014. <http://www.unhcr.org/4a2ccf4c6.html>
Description: The United Nations’ International Handbook to Guide Reception and
Integration. Explores the possible set protocols that nations must administer prior,
during and after an incident that causes a flow of displaced persons in a nation .July
2011 revised edition of the UNHCR Resettlement Handbook. The Country Chapters
are updated regularly by the competent government authorities.
10. The United Nations. "News." UNHCR News. The United Nations, 16 May 2013. Web. 13
Apr. 2014. <http://www.unhcr.org/pages/49c3646c23f.html>
Description: A national leader on this issue, it provides legal counsel and seek
systemic reforms.
201
202
World Health Organization
Topic 1: Sex Trafficking
Sex trafficking is defined as the illicit recruitment, harboring, transportation and trade of
humans for sex, labor, and other purposes where such an act is likely induced by force,
fraud or coercion. As human trafficking becomes an increasingly prominent issue worldwide,
the illegal sex trade continues to plague both affluent and poverty stricken regions thus
having a direct correlation to most nations. Currently many bodies in the UN refer to Human
Trafficking as modern‐ day slavery. It affects men, women, and children alike, but
according to the International Police Organization, women and children are more susceptible
to this crime because of the high profits that can be accrued from the sex trade, which
financially props up many traditional forms of organized crime. It is estimated that there are
27 million people enslaved today.
There are a multitude of severe interrelated health consequences that result from
trafficking. Trafficking victims often suffer from serious physical abuse and physical
exhaustion, as well as starvation. Typical injuries can include broken bones, concussion,
bruising or burns, as well as other injuries consistent with assault. Some of these serious
injuries can cause lasting health problems and may require long-term treatment. Because
women who have been trafficked have been subjected to multiple abuses over an extensive
period of time, they may suffer health consequences similar to those of victims of prolonged
torture. Sexual assault is a traumatic event with physical and emotional effects on the
victim. Sexual assault is any sexual activity between two or more people in which one
person is involved against his or her will. The sexual activity involved in an assault can
include many different experiences. Trafficking victims are often made to participate in
sexual activities through, for example, pressure from someone with authority over them,
bribery or manipulation, or impairment from alcohol or drugs. After experiencing sexual
assault, a woman may experience a range of physical consequences and emotional
reactions, including severe stress and depression.
Those who are forced to partake in the commercial sex trade are also incredibly vulnerable
to sexual and reproductive health complications, including sexually transmitted diseases
(STDs) (most notably HIV/AIDS) and other gynecological problems. Women who have been
trafficked into the sex trade often may not have access to, or are not allowed to use,
condoms or other methods of birth control, and may only have irregular gynecological
examinations. Such women face the risk of unwanted pregnancies and miscarriages.
Women who work as prostitutes experience high rates of abortion, sterilization and
infertility. This type of physical and sexual abuse almost always leads to severe mental or
emotional health consequences, including feelings of severe guilt, post-traumatic stress
disorder, depression, anxiety, substance abuse (alcohol or narcotics) and eating disorders.
In extreme cases, the mental anguish can lead to self-mutilation or suicide. Victims of
trafficking often need psychological care as part of standard medical treatment.
The illicit sex trade of humans is rapidly spreading, making it a primary worldwide epidemic.
With mortality, rape, and hospitalization rates rising, actions must be taken to ensure the
wellbeing of those forced into trafficking. As the global trade of humans becomes more
profitable every day, it is harder to take action and fulfill an action plan that can guarantee
adequate and affordable healthcare and protection for victims of this abuse. In order to
prevent further health related problems resulting from sex trafficking and provide health
care access for those affected, WHO must establish new ways to improve and eventually
eradicate our world’s modern day slave trade.
203
204
Discussion Questions:
1. How can WHO prevent the spread of HIV/AIDS? Will education on disease prevention and
sexual intercourse need to be implemented in medical facilities and clinics?
2. Victims of sex trafficking often fear seeking medical attention due to constant abuse from
their oppressors. How can WHO help alleviate this issue?
3. Women who work are exposed to sex trafficking often experience high rates of abortion,
sterilization and infertility. What can WHO do to limit the amount of unwanted pregnancies/
hazardous effects of the absence of prenatal care.
References:
1. "What Is Sex Trafficking? - Shared Hope International." Shared Hope International.
N.p., n.d. Web. 27 Apr. 2014. < http://sharedhope.org/learn/what-is-sextrafficking/>
Description: Provides many personal stories and account of victims of sex
trafficking from around the world
2. "SVAW - Trafficking in Women: Explore the Issue." SVAW - Trafficking in
Women:Explore the Issue. N.p., n.d. Web. 29 Apr. 2014. <
http://www1.umn.edu/humanrts/svaw/trafficking/explore/4effects.htm>
Description: Explains the effects and consequences of human trafficking focusing
especially on women
3. “HumanTrafficking.org: A Web Resource for Combating Human Trafficking in the
East sia Pacific Region." HumanTrafficking.org: A Web Resource for Combating
Human Trafficking in the East Asia Pacific Region. N.p., n.d. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.humantrafficking.org/>
Description: Provides nearly 15 countries stances and laws in the East- Asian
Pacific region regarding human trafficking
4. "Health Consequences of Trafficking." Health Consequences of Trafficking. N.p., n.d.
Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.stopvaw.org/health_consequences_of_trafficking>
Description: Defines in detail the health consequences of human trafficking
205
5. "Health Care and Human Trafficking." APHA:. N.p., n.d. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
http://www.apha.org/membergroups/newsletters/sectionnewsletters/comm/spring08
/Human+Trafficking.htm
Description: Identifies sex trafficking as modern day slavery and elaborates on the
health implications of it
6. "Human Trafficking | Polaris Project | Combating Human Trafficking and Modern-day
Slavery." Human Trafficking | Polaris Project | Combating Human Trafficking
and Modern-day Slavery. N.p., n.d. Web. 29 Apr.
2014.<http://www.polarisproject.org/human-trafficking/overview>
Description: A very informative foundation fighting for a world without slavery.
Gives an overview of the victims of human trafficking as well as the common myths
and misconceptions.
7."Half
the Sky: Turning Oppression Into Opportunity for Women Worldwide." Half the
Sky: Turning Oppression Into Opportunity for Women Worldwide. N.p., n.d. Web.
09 May 2014<http://www.halftheskymovement.org/campaigns/sex-trafficking>
Description: Provides personal accounts of human trafficking and goes into depth
about maternal mortality
8.
"Moju Project." Human Trafficking. N.p., n.d. Web. 08 May
2014.http://mojuproject.com/about/human-trafficking/
Description: Focuses extensively on human trafficking victims especially children
9.
FBI. FBI, 22 Feb. 2011. Web. 06 May 2014.
<http://www.fbi.gov/stats-services/publications/law-enforcement-bulletin/m
arch_2011/human_sex_trafficking>
Description: Uncovers the operation behind sex trafficking and the economic
crisis that goes hand in hand
10.
"Human Trafficking." Human Trafficking. N.p., n.d. Web. 09 May 2014.
<http://www.thefuturegroup.org/id20.html>
206
Description: Explains the global implications of sex trafficking with the use of
helpful diagrams
207
Topic 2: Mental Health Disorders
Mental illnesses are growing exponentially as one of the widest spread and most debilitating
type of chronic disorders universally, constituting 13% of the global burden of disease.
Without strong action, such illnesses will continue to debase the quality of life in every
country, affecting society as a whole. The complex and multi-faceted issue of mental health
stems from many factors including but not limited to social and cultural stigmas, a lack of
standardized diagnoses, improper funding (primarily in low-income countries), and an
overall lack of awareness about the causes and symptoms. With proper United Nations
resolutions and programs, WHO can help to ensure a future that provides a high quality of
life for everyone.
Though increasingly the leading cause of disability across the world, mental health concerns
have received very little attention in the global health setting. The World Health
Organization estimates that 10% of the world’s population suffers from mental health
disorders. In conflict zones, these rates jump to 20% of individuals. Regardless of the
damaging effects of such diseases, mental health advocates have long had to struggle to
obtain adequate funding, supplies, and healthcare workers to grapple with this increasing
burden. In conflict zones, especially, the frequent exposure to violence and the unstable
state of daily affairs has a profound impact on refugee populations. For this reason, growing
numbers of men, women, and children are faced with stress-related mental health
problems. Mental health among children in conflict zones has been a particular concern for
researchers and public health workers. In a 2007 report, researchers Asma Al-Jawadi and
Shatha Abdul-Rhman found that mental health disorders affected more than one third of the
3079 children studied in poverty and war stricken Mosul, Iraq. According to the report, “a
combination of stressors, including traumatic stresses, but also poverty, unsafe living and
poor nutrition comprises an unhealthy mixture that prevents normal development in a
significant proportion of the children. Not only have these illnesses had negative impacts on
individuals suffering from them, but they also put families at risk as well due to increased
risks of domestic abuse stemming from mental health disorders. Addressing growing mental
health concerns in conflict zones must therefore be made a priority in immediate response
approaches to humanitarian crises.
For most of human history mental health has been stigmatized and mental health disorders
have been viewed as less legitimate than physical health concerns because they tend to be
less visible and concrete. Each individual experiences psychological distress differently, and
the diverse symptoms of mental health disorders often make them difficult to diagnose and
treat. Stigma against mental illness often causes those in need of treatment not to seek it.
This reluctance to seek treatment has been shown to affect males and ethnic minorities to a
greater degree. Women are twice as likely to be diagnosed with an anxiety disorder or
depression; some say it is due primarily to biological differences, but others argue that it is
because women, particularly in western cultures, are taught from a young age to be
sensitive while men are encouraged to suppress emotion. A 2005 study from Johns Hopkins
revealed that even in adolescence, males are less willing to use mental health services and
face greater stigma regarding mental illness. Ethnic minorities across the world often face
discrimination based on their ethnic status and are more likely to live in poverty, which
reduces their access to mental health care and discourages them from seeking treatment.
However, particularly in Western nations, a disproportionate number of people who are
detained in a hospital due to mental illness are ethnic minorities. For example, in Great
Britain it is estimated that the ratio of black to white patients detained under the Mental
Health Act is between 1.5 and 2 to 1.
In developing nations it is difficult for much of the population to access mental health
services. Mental health professionals tend to be located in urban areas, so it is especially
208
difficult for those living in rural areas to access treatment. Low levels of education (common
in rural areas of developing nations) are associated with mental illness, so people in these
areas are in need of care. There is little incentive for mental health professionals to locate
themselves in poor, rural areas, creating a lack of access to mental health care for many
that need it.
209
Discussion Questions:
1. How can the WHO improve mental health care in conflict regions both during and after
the conflict?
2.What actions can the WHO take to reduce stigma against mental health care, both in
developing and developed countries?
3. In emergency situations and for those who are less fortunate, basic health care is not
always available or reliable, how much focus should be placed on treating mental health?
How should mental health support be provided/funded?
References:
1. "10 Facts on Mental Health." WHO. World Health Organization, n.d. Web. 28 May
2013.
<http://www.who.int/features/factfiles/mental_health/mental_health_facts/en/i
ndex.html>.
Description: Gives ten interesting facts regarding mental health in slideshow form
2. "IERH Scientific Publications: Mental Health in Conflict-Affected Populations: Fact
Sheet."Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention, 24 June 2011. Web. 28 May 2013. <
<http://www.cdc.gov/globalhealth/gdder/ierh/Publications/mentalhealth_affect
edpopulations_pib.htm>
Description: Defines how mental health is a public problem and various ways to
relieve the social implications of it
3. Summerfield, Derek. War and Mental Health: A Brief Overview. Rep. US Library of
Medicine/ National Institutes of Health, 22 July 2000. Web. 12 Apr. 2013.
Description: Publication from a medical journal about how mental health affects a
nation
4. "The Role of WHO in Public Health." WHO. World Health Organization, n.d. Web. 28
May 2013. <http://www.who.int/about/role/en/index.html>.
Description: Explains how the World Health Organization plays a vital role in mental
health care
5. "World Health Organization Profile." Discovery Health. N.p., n.d. Web. 28 May 2013.
210
<http://health.howstuffworks.com/medicine/healthcare/who.htm>.
Description: Explains how the World Health Organization functions and what their
primary purpose is
6. "A/RES/46/119. The Protection of Persons with Mental Illness and the Improvement
of Mental Health Care." UN News Center. UN, 1991. Web. 15 Apr. 2014.
Description: Letter written to the General Assembly about the inherent need for
mental health awareness
7. Neuner, Frank, and Thomas Elbert. "The Mental Health Disaster in Conflict Settings:
Can Scientific Research Help?" BMC Public Health 7.275 (2007): n. pag. Dept
Psychology, University of Konstanz, Germany, 2 Oct. 2007. Web. 19 Apr. 2014.
Description: Article about how important scientific research and funding is to
mental health disorders
8. Grace, Rob. "How Does Armed Conflict Affect Mental Health? | Program on
Humanitarian Policy and Conflict Research." Program on Humanitarian Policy
and Conflict Research.N.p., 27 Nov. 2012. Web. 08 July
2013.<http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2613765/>
Description: Article regarding how armed conflict and danger zones affect the
mental health of children
9. "Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs." 21st Century Tech Blog. N.p., n.d. Web. 04 Apr.
2014.
Description: Provides informative graphs about how the human brain interacts with
one’s needs/unconscious desires and how this affects one’s mental stability
211
Topic 3: Sanitation
The World Health Organization defines sanitation as,” conditions relating to public health,
especially the provision of facilities and services for clean drinking water and adequate
sewage disposal.” Nevertheless, the reality of today is that approximately 40% of the
world’s inhabitant’s live without proper waste disposal facilities; 2.5 billion people lack
proper water
Sanitation and 1.1 billion people still practice open defecation. Often taken for granted in
developed states, basic (or “improved”) sanitation is sorely lacking in their other areas of
the world. Even when met, however, this standard may only consist of access to the lowest
form of cleanliness. It has become an increasingly important topic as improving sanitation
has been shown to benefit the health in households and communities. The sanitation can
also refer to the upkeep of hygienic conditions including access to clean drinking water,
garbage collection, and wastewater disposal.
The reasons these problems still persist today include overpopulation combined with a lack
of technical and education infrastructure, and scarce resources Too many times, a state is
simply not equipped with enough funds (or misuses its existing resources) to install proper
facilities. Furthermore, the affected communities have not been properly advised about
correct sanitary practices. At the current rate, by 2015, it is projected that 2.7 billion people
with be without basic sanitation. This increases the ease with which diseases can spread and
whole communities can be infected. Better sanitation is also necessary to improve quality of
life, especially for women and children who are exposed to the domestic life. The absence of
adequate sanitation has a serious impact on health and social development, especially for
children. Using proper toilets and hand washing - preferably with soap - prevents the
transfer of bacteria, viruses and parasites found in human excreta which otherwise
contaminate water resources, soil and food. This contamination is a major cause of
diarrhoea, the second biggest killer of children in developing countries, and leads to other
major diseases such as cholera, schistosomiasis, and trachoma. Improving access to
sanitation is a critical step towards reducing the impact of these diseases. It also helps
create physical environments that enhance safety, dignity and self-esteem. Safety issues
are particularly important for women and children, who otherwise risk sexual harassment
and assault when defecating at night and in secluded areas.
Improving sanitation would be impossible without prevalence of clean drinking water. 768
million people still lack access to improved drinking water, thus world is unable to fully
eradicate the sanitation issue. Every day two million tons of sewage, industrial and
agricultural wastes enters the Earth's waters, while every 20 seconds a child under the age
of five dies from water-related diseases. Unclean drinking water leads to the spread of
diseases such as cholera, typhoid and childhood diarrhea, previously stated as one of the
leading causes of death in children. Unsafe water kills more people than war plus all other
forms of violence combined, said United Nations Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon thus
access to clean water and adequate sanitation are a prerequisite for lifting people out of
poverty.
Improving sanitation worldwide may be one of the UN’s main development goals; however
the current situation and lack of effective legislation prove that this goal has yet to be
sufficiently accomplished. The current sanitation standards in many countries are vastly
below where they need to be and must be improved in order to foster development and
economic growth. In order to prevent a future skyrocket in lack of water and hygiene
related deaths, the WHO must establish new ways to improve the current state of sanitation
throughout the world.
Discussion Questions:
212
1) Should the WHO establish a world-wide sanitation standard? If so, how would the WHO
ensure that every country meet this standard?
2) Many countries simply are not aware of the health implications regarding sanitation and
water pollution. Would implementing educational programs within all countries be a
beneficial solution to lowering the poor sanitation rates?
3) How can the WHO ensure that all of its member states’ citizen’s have access to clean
water and proper sanitation?
References:
1. "Unclean Water Claims More Lives Than War." Unclean Water Claims More Lives
Than War. N.p., n.d. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.ens-newswire.com/ens/mar2010/2010-03-22-02.html>
Description: News article about the deadly diseases one can contract from unclean
water and this affects society.
2. "Water, Sanitation and Hygiene." UNICEF. N.p., n.d. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.unicef.org/wash/>
Description: Program created to improve sanitation facilities throughout the world
and inform impoverished nations about the deadly effects of unsanitary living
3. "Water.org." Waterorg. N.p., n.d. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://water.org/water-crisis/water-facts/sanitation/>
Description: General facts about water sanitation but is a very interactive and
engaging website.
4. "Universal Access to Water and Sanitation: The Lifeblood of Good Health." WHO.
N.p., n.d. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/en/>
Description: The WHO’s website specifically for water sanitation and waste removal.
Provides a multitude of links with information about how to alleviate these issues and
what projects the WHO is currently working with
5. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, 31 July 2013. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.cdc.gov/healthywater/global/>
213
Description: Provides “Global Water Fast Facts” and overall information about
Global Water, Sanitation, & Hygiene. Introduces the world wide organization
advocating for sanitation (WASH).
6. "Infonet - How Does Poor Sanitation Lead to Health Problems ?" How Does Poor
Sanitation Lead to Health Problems ? N.p., n.d. Web. 30 Apr. 2014.
<http://www.infonet-biovision.org/default/ct/781/hygiene>
Description: Provides descriptions as well as diagrams about how poor sanitation
spreads disease
7. "ISSA." - The
Worldwide Cleaning Industry Association. N.p., n.d. Web. 09 May
2014. <http://global.issa.com/?choice>
Description: This source has a drop down menu of various countries and their
stance on sanitation
8."What
We Do." Water & Sanitation. N.p., n.d. Web. 09 May 2014.
<http://www.concernusa.org/programs/water-and-sanitation>
Description: This source provides a global perspective on the importance of
sanitation.
9."Water
& Sanitation." UNICEF USA. N.p., n.d. Web. 09 May 2014.
<http://www.unicefusa.org/mission/survival/water>
Description: This source provides information regarding childhood sanitation
10.
"Water Supply & Sanitation." World Water Council -. N.p., n.d. Web. 09 May 2014.
<http://www.worldwatercouncil.org/library/archives/water-supply-sanitation/>
Description: Explains the benefits of quality sanitation
214